From ee3fb8cfb767d6ef640a1e372f5805c77eda761b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: eLBati Date: Thu, 3 May 2018 21:29:24 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] ADD italian --- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 8018 ++++++++++++++++++++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 24 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/business.po | 24 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 2557 +++++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 525 ++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 573 ++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1360 ++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 347 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po | 24 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 833 +++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 695 ++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 24 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7710 +++++++++++++++++++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 734 ++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 3003 ++++++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 24 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 1715 +++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 2945 ++++++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po | 24 + locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 1888 +++++ locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 1410 ++++ 21 files changed, 34457 insertions(+) create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/business.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po create mode 100644 locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24654ebe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,8018 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-09 09:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-05-27 08:45+0200\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" +"Last-Translator: \n" +"Language-Team: \n" +"Language: it\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilità" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "Banca e contanti" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "Feed bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +msgstr "Importa file di istruzioni Coda (solo Belgio)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +msgid "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your bank statements." +msgstr "CODA è un formato di file per estratti conto bancari in Belgio. La maggior parte delle banche belghe, così come il software Isabel, consente di scaricare un file CODA con tutti i tuoi estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +msgid "With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank statements." +msgstr "Con Odoo, puoi scaricare un file CODA dalla tua banca o dal software di contabilità e importarlo direttamente in Odoo. Questo creerà tutti gli estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +msgid "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file `__" +msgstr "Prova ora la funzione `con questo file CODA di esempio `__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +msgid "Install the CODA feature" +msgstr "Installa la funzionalità CODA" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +msgid "If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file `_" +msgstr "Se hai installato il piano del conto belga fornito con Odoo, la funzione di importazione CODA è già installata per impostazione predefinita. In tal caso, puoi passare direttamente alla sezione successiva \"Importa il tuo primo file di coda ` _" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +msgid "If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements in .CODA Format** and apply." +msgstr "Se CODA non è ancora attivato, devi prima farlo. Nell'applicazione Contabilità, vai al menu: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni`. Dalle impostazioni di contabilità, selezionare l'opzione **Import of Bank Statements in .CODA Format** e applicare." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +msgid "Import your first CODA file" +msgstr "Importa il tuo primo file CODA" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting **Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +msgstr "Una volta installata questa funzione, è possibile configurare il proprio conto bancario per consentire l'importazione di file di estratti conto bancari. Per fare ciò, vai alla sezione contabilità **Dashboard** e fai clic sul pulsante **Altro** sulla scheda del conto bancario. Quindi, fai clic su **Import Statement** per caricare il tuo primo file CODA." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +msgid "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." +msgstr "Carica il tuo file CODA nella schermata seguente e fai clic su **Importa** per creare tutti i tuoi estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +msgid "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +msgstr "Se il file è stato caricato correttamente, verrai reindirizzato alla schermata di riconciliazione bancaria con tutte le transazioni da riconciliare." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +msgid "Importing CODA files" +msgstr "Importazione di file CODA" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +msgid "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "Dopo aver importato il tuo primo file, la dashboard di Odoo ti proporrà automaticamente di importare più file per la tua banca. Per la prossima importazione, non è più necessario andare al pulsante **Altro**, è possibile fare clic direttamente sul link **Import Statement**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +msgid "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the reconciliation process." +msgstr "Ogni volta che ricevi una dichiarazione relativa a un nuovo cliente / fornitore, Odoo ti chiederà di selezionare il contatto giusto per riconciliare la transazione. Odoo impara da questa operazione e completerà automaticamente i pagamenti successivi che riceverai o farai a questi contatti. Ciò velocizzerà molto il processo di riconciliazione." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +msgid "Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new bank statements." +msgstr "Odoo è in grado di rilevare automaticamente se alcuni file o transazioni sono già stati importati. Quindi, non dovresti preoccuparti di evitare di importare due volte lo stesso file: Odoo controllerà tutto per te prima di creare nuovi estratti conto." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr ": Doc: `ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr ": Doc: `qif`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr ": Doc: `synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr ": Doc: `manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registrare gli estratti conto manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +msgid "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank but also register your bank statements manually." +msgstr "Con Odoo puoi importare i tuoi estratti conto bancari, sincronizzarli con la tua banca ma anche registrare i tuoi estratti conto bancari manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +msgid "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "Non è necessaria alcuna configurazione speciale per registrare le fatture. Tutto ciò che devi fare è installare l'app per la contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +msgid "Create your Bank Statements" +msgstr "Crea i tuoi estratti conto bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +msgid "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link will be found underneath." +msgstr "Nella Dashboard, fai clic sul pulsante **Nuova istruzione** relativa al giornale bancario. Se è necessario eseguire alcune riconciliazioni, sotto troverà il link Nuova dichiarazione." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +msgid "Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation process." +msgstr "Basta compilare i campi in base alle informazioni riportate sull'estratto conto bancario. Il riferimento può essere compilato manualmente o puoi lasciarlo vuoto. Raccomandiamo di compilare il partner per facilitare il processo di riconciliazione." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +msgid "The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be equal to the computed balance." +msgstr "La differenza tra il saldo iniziale e il saldo finale deve essere uguale al saldo calcolato." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "Quando hai finito, fai clic su **Salva**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" +msgstr "Riconciliare le vostre dichiarazioni bancarie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +msgid "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button |manual04|" +msgstr "Puoi scegliere di riconciliare direttamente la dichiarazione facendo clic sul pulsante | manual04 |" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +msgid "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking on **Reconcile # Items**." +msgstr "Puoi anche avviare la procedura di riconciliazione dalla dashboard facendo clic su **Riconcilia # articoli**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +msgstr "Fai clic su **Convalida** per riconciliare il tuo estratto conto. Se manca il partner, Odoo ti chiederà di **selezionare un partner**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +msgstr "Premi CTRL-Invio per riconciliare tutti gli oggetti bilanciati sui fogli." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +msgstr "Chiudi le dichiarazioni bancarie dalla riconciliazione" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +msgid "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +msgstr "Se il saldo è corretto, puoi chiudere direttamente la dichiarazione dalla riconciliazione facendo clic su | manual07 |." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +msgid "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +msgstr "Altrimenti, clicca su | manual08 | per aprire la dichiarazione e correggere il problema." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +msgid "Close Bank Statements" +msgstr "Chiudi dichiarazioni bancarie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +msgid "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, then click on Bank Statements." +msgstr "Nella dashboard della contabilità, fai clic sul pulsante Altro del tuo giornale bancario, quindi fai clic su Estratti conto." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." +msgstr "Per chiudere l'estratto conto, fai clic su **Convalida**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../ riconciliazione / use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../ alimenta / synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +msgid "Import OFX statement files" +msgstr "Importa file di istruzioni OFX" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and consumers via the Internet." +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) è una specifica unificata per lo scambio elettronico di dati finanziari tra istituzioni finanziarie, imprese e consumatori tramite Internet." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +msgid "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank statements." +msgstr "Con Odoo, puoi scaricare un file OFX dalla tua banca o dal software di contabilità e importarlo direttamente nell'istanza di Odoo. Questo creerà tutti gli estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +msgid "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file `__" +msgstr "Prova ora la funzione `con questo file OFX di esempio `__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +msgid "In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +msgstr "Per importare le istruzioni OFX, è necessario attivare la funzione in Odoo. Nell'applicazione Contabilità, vai al menu: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni`. Dalle impostazioni di contabilità, selezionare l'opzione di estratti conto **Importa in formato .OFX** e applicare." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +msgstr "Una volta installata questa funzione, è possibile configurare il proprio conto bancario per consentire l'importazione di file di estratti conto bancari. Per fare ciò, vai alla Dashboard di contabilità e fai clic sul pulsante **Altro** del conto bancario. Quindi, fai clic su **Import Statement** per caricare il tuo primo file OFX." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +msgid "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." +msgstr "Carica il tuo file OFX nella schermata seguente e fai clic su **Importa** per creare tutti i tuoi estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +msgid "Importing OFX files" +msgstr "Importazione di file OFX" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +msgid "After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "Dopo aver importato il tuo primo file, la dashboard di Odoo ti proporrà automaticamente di importare più file per la tua banca. Per la prossima importazione, non è più necessario andare al menu **Altro**, è possibile fare clic direttamente sul link **Import Statement**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +msgid "Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the reconciliation process." +msgstr "Ogni volta che ricevi una dichiarazione relativa a un nuovo cliente / fornitore, Odoo ti chiederà di selezionare il contatto giusto per riconciliare la transazione. Odoo impara da questa operazione e completerà automaticamente i pagamenti successivi che ricevi o fai a questi contatti. Ciò velocizzerà molto il processo di riconciliazione." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr ": Doc: `coda`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "Come sincronizzare il tuo account PayPal con Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software. The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "Con Odoo puoi sincronizzare il tuo account PayPal. In questo modo, non è necessario registrare tutte le transazioni PayPal nel tuo software di contabilità preferito. La sincronizzazione avviene ogni 4 ore e puoi iniziare a riconciliare i pagamenti PayPal con un solo clic." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "Installa il modulo account_yodlee" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section **Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically**." +msgstr "Inizia installando il modulo **account_yodlee**, se non è già installato. Per fare ciò, ottenuto il menu: menu-scelta: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Impostazioni` dell'applicazione di contabilità. Nella sezione **Bank & Cash**, imposta l'opzione **Bank Interface - Sincronizza automaticamente i tuoi feed bancari**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "Fare clic sul pulsante Applica una volta fatto." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "Imposta il tuo account PayPal" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "Un account PayPal in Odoo è gestito come un conto bancario. Per configurare il tuo account PayPal, usa il menu: menu-selection: `Configurazione -> Conti bancari`. Crea un nuovo conto bancario e chiamalo **PayPal**. Nel campo bancario, puoi impostare **PayPal**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "Una volta creato l'account PayPal, torna alla dashboard **Accounting** e fai clic sul pulsante **Sincronizza**. Nella finestra di dialogo, scegli **PayPal** come istituzione online e fai clic sul pulsante Configura." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "Quindi, dovrai fornire le tue credenziali per collegarti a PayPal." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal account)." +msgstr "Il tuo Paypal **deve essere in inglese** (se non è il caso devi cambiare la lingua del tuo account Paypal) e se usi un conto business Paypal devi tornare alla vecchia interfaccia per far funzionare Feed online (puoi passare dalla nuova alla vecchia interfaccia nel tuo account Paypal)." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "Se non lo fai, riceverai un messaggio dicendo di mettere PayPal in inglese o che il sito non è supportato." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +msgid "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "Se hai configurato correttamente il tuo account Paypal dovresti passare al prossimo passaggio della configurazione dei feed online. Lì avrai una schermata con una data da cui prelevare la transazione e un elenco di account da scegliere. Devi scegliere l'account **saldo Paypal**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "Una volta che tutto è stato fatto, dovresti vedere le tue transazioni PayPal direttamente in Odoo e puoi iniziare a riconciliare i tuoi pagamenti." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually anymore." +msgstr "Goditi una piena integrazione! Non è più necessario registrare manualmente la transazione." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +msgid "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "Devi solo fornire le tue credenziali per la prima volta. Una volta fatto, Odoo si sincronizzerà automaticamente con PayPal ogni 4 ore." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +msgid "Import QIF statement files" +msgstr "Importa file di istruzioni QIF" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) è una specifica aperta per la lettura e la scrittura di dati finanziari su supporti (cioè file). Sebbene sia ancora ampiamente utilizzato, QIF è un formato più vecchio di Open Financial Exchange (OFX) e dovresti utilizzare la versione di OFX se puoi esportare in entrambi i formati di file." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +msgid "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank statements." +msgstr "Con Odoo, puoi scaricare un file QIF dalla tua banca o dal software di contabilità e importarlo direttamente nell'istanza di Odoo. Questo creerà tutti gli estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +msgid "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file `__" +msgstr "Prova ora la funzione `con questo file QIF di esempio `__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +msgid "In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo. In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +msgstr "Per importare le istruzioni QIF, è necessario attivare la funzione in Odoo. Nell'applicazione Contabilità, vai al menu: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni`. Dalle impostazioni di contabilità, selezionare l'opzione di estratti conto **Importa in .QIF Formato** e applicare." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +msgid "Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +msgstr "Una volta installata questa funzione, è possibile configurare il proprio conto bancario per consentire l'importazione di file di estratti conto bancari. Per fare ciò, vai alla Dashboard di contabilità e fai clic sul pulsante **Altro** del conto bancario. Quindi, fai clic su **Import Statement** per caricare il tuo primo file QIF." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +msgid "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create all your bank statements." +msgstr "Carica il tuo file QIF nella schermata seguente e fai clic su **Importa** per creare tutti i tuoi estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +msgid "Importing QIF files" +msgstr "Importazione di file QIF" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" +msgstr "Come sincronizzare Odoo con la tua banca?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features `__" +msgstr "Odoo è in grado di sincronizzarsi direttamente con la tua banca per ottenere automaticamente tutti gli estratti conto in Odoo ogni 4 ore. Prima di andare avanti in questo tutorial, dovresti controllare se la tua banca è supportata. Puoi trovarlo dalle funzioni di contabilità di Odoo `__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#, python-format +msgid "Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +msgstr "Cerca il nome della tua banca nella pagina sopra. Se la tua banca appare nella proposta, significa che è supportata da Odoo. I paesi che sono pienamente supportati (ovvero più del 95% delle banche) includono: Stati Uniti, Canada, Nuova Zelanda, Austria. Più di 30 paesi sono parzialmente supportati, tra cui: Colombia, India, Francia, Spagna, ecc." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +msgstr "Per connettersi con le banche, Odoo utilizza due servizi Web:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +msgstr "Plaid: per le principali banche negli Stati Uniti" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +msgstr "Yodlee: per tutte le altre banche" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Utenti online di Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +msgid "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the module **account_yodlee**." +msgstr "Se supportiamo le banche del tuo paese, la funzione di integrazione bancaria dovrebbe essere già installata. Se non è installato, puoi installare manualmente il modulo **account_yodlee**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Utenti Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +msgid "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "Se prevedi di utilizzare un'interfaccia bancaria con il tuo abbonamento Odoo Enterprise, non devi fare nulla di speciale, ma assicurati che il tuo database sia registrato con il tuo contratto Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +msgid "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the following addresses" +msgstr "potresti voler controllare di non avere un firewall / proxy che blocca i seguenti indirizzi" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" +msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Sincronizza i tuoi feed bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +msgid "Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank account." +msgstr "Una volta installata l'interfaccia Plaid o Yodlee, puoi collegare Odoo alla tua banca. Per fare ciò, fai clic su **Altro** sulla banca di tua scelta dalla dashboard della contabilità. Nel menu, fai clic su Impostazioni per configurare questo conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +msgid "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to **Bank Synchronization**." +msgstr "Nel modulo banca, dalla scheda Conto bancario, impostare l'opzione feed bancari su **Bank Synchronization**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +msgid "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a **Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button and fill in your bank credentials." +msgstr "Una volta terminato, torna alla tua dashboard di contabilità. Dovresti vedere un pulsante **Sincronizzazione online** sulla tua carta di credito. Clicca su questo pulsante e inserisci le credenziali della tua banca." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +msgid "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized every 4 hours." +msgstr "Una volta che hai inserito le tue credenziali, i tuoi feed bancari saranno sincronizzati ogni 4 ore." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Varie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "Come gestire i depositi in blocco degli assegni?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "Quando il gruppo di collezioni della tua azienda riceve assegni da parte dei clienti, questi inseriscono spesso questi soldi nel loro conto bancario in lotti. Dato che questo denaro è stato ricevuto in forma fisica, qualcuno della tua azienda deve portare manualmente gli assegni alla banca." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the transactions." +msgstr "La banca richiederà un ticket di deposito (indicato anche come bollettino di versamento) da compilare con i dettagli degli assegni o contanti da includere nelle transazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "Il conto bancario rifletterà l'importo totale che è stato depositato e il riferimento al biglietto di deposito, non i singoli assegni." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "Odoo ti assiste per preparare e stampare i tuoi biglietti di deposito e in seguito riconciliarli facilmente con il tuo estratto conto." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "Installa la funzionalità di deposito batch" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "Per utilizzare la funzione di deposito in batch, è necessario installare il modulo **Deposito in lotti**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in your country." +msgstr "Di solito, questo modulo viene installato automaticamente se gli assegni sono ampiamente utilizzati nel tuo paese." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "Per verificare che la funzione **Deposito Batch** sia installata, andare al menu: menuelezioni: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` dell'applicazione di contabilità. Verifica la funzionalità: **Consenti il ​​deposito batch**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "Attiva la funzione sui tuoi conti bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "Una volta installata questa funzione, Odoo attiva automaticamente i depositi bancari sui tuoi principali conti bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or 'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "Per controllare quale conto bancario può fare un deposito in batch e quale no, vai al giornale che hai definito per pagare i tuoi assegni, di solito chiamato 'assegni' o 'banca' (vedi: doc: `../../ crediti / clienti_pagamenti / check`, nelle app Accounting,: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Contabilità -> Riviste '." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "Nella scheda **Impostazioni avanzate**, nella sezione **Varie**, imposta il Metodo di addebito su **Deposito per lotti**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "Se si seleziona **Deposito a lotti** nel campo del metodo di addebito, significa che i pagamenti creati utilizzando questo Sezionale (chiamato metodo di pagamento quando si desidera effettuare o ricevere un pagamento) saranno applicabili successivamente alla creazione dei depositi in lotti." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "Dagli assegni ricevuti alla banca" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "Ricevi assegni clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "Una volta ricevuti gli assegni di registrazione, registrali sul conto bancario sul quale prevedi di depositarli. Una volta selezionato il conto bancario (o il sezionale assegni è stato configurato Odoo in questo modo), Odoo ti propone di utilizzare un deposito di gruppo. Seleziona questa opzione se prevedi di depositare l'assegno alla tua banca." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "Nel campo memo, è possibile impostare il riferimento dell'assegno." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register Payment** button." +msgstr "i pagamenti possono essere registrati dal menu: menu selection: `Vendite -> Pagamenti`, o direttamente sulla relativa fattura, utilizzando il pulsante **Registra pagamento**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "Preparare un deposito in lotti" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "Dall'applicazione Contabilità, vai al menu: menuelezione: `Vendite -> Deposito partite ', e crea un nuovo **Deposito Batch**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a check." +msgstr "Seleziona la banca, quindi seleziona i pagamenti (assegni) che desideri aggiungere in questo deposito. Per impostazione predefinita, Odoo ti propone tutti gli assegni che non sono ancora stati depositati. In questo modo, puoi verificare di non aver dimenticato o perso un assegno." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "È quindi possibile stampare il deposito batch, che sarà molto utile per preparare la ricevuta di deposito che la banca di solito richiede di completare." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "Riconciliare il deposito con il rendiconto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with the bank statement line." +msgstr "Quando elabori la riconciliazione dell'estratto conto bancario, vedrai il numero del ticket di deposito indicato nell'estratto conto. Quando viene eseguito il processo di riconciliazione, l'utente sarà in grado di selezionare il deposito batch corrispondente alla riga dell'estratto conto." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch deposit the example below)" +msgstr "Se selezioni un deposito batch, Odoo riempie automaticamente tutti gli assegni contenuti in questo deposito per l'abbinamento. (2 assegni in questo gruppo depositano l'esempio di seguito)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "{0}{/0}6.4 RISOLUZIONE DEI PROBLEMI" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "Non vedo il link di deposito in batch sugli estratti conto bancari?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could be two reasons:" +msgstr "Se non si dispone di un link di deposito in batch nel proprio estratto conto, potrebbero esserci due ragioni:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload button of your browser." +msgstr "Dopo aver installato le funzionalità di deposito batch, è necessario ricaricare la pagina in modo che il browser sia a conoscenza di questa nuova funzionalità. Basta fare clic sul pulsante di ricarica del browser." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "Non hai creato un deposito per questo conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "Cosa succede se un assegno è stato rifiutato?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been refused." +msgstr "Se nel tuo estratto conto hai un importo inferiore all'importo effettivo nel tuo deposito, probabilmente significa che uno dei tuoi assegni è stato rifiutato." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the bank statement matching." +msgstr "In questo caso, fare clic sulla riga relativa a questo assegno per rimuoverlo dall'accordo dell'estratto conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "Come fare un bonifico bancario da una banca all'altra?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "Una società potrebbe avere diversi conti bancari o registratori di cassa. All'interno di odoo è possibile gestire i trasferimenti interni di denaro con solo un paio di clic." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts to the another one." +msgstr "Prenderemo il seguente esempio per illustrare. La mia azienda ha due conti bancari e voglio trasferire 50.000 euro da uno dei nostri conti bancari all'altro." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "Controlla il piano dei conti e l'account di trasferimento predefinito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "Per gestire i trasferimenti interni è necessario un account di trasferimento nei propri schemi di conto. Odoo genererà automaticamente un account in base al paese del tuo piano di account. Per parametrizzare il tuo grafico di conto e controllare l'account di trasferimento predefinito vai nel tuo modulo di contabilità, seleziona: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "Il tuo piano dei conti sarà preinstallato a seconda del Paese specificato durante la registrazione, non può essere modificato." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified from the same page." +msgstr "L'account di trasferimento predefinito verrà generato automaticamente a seconda della legislazione del tuo Paese. Se necessario può essere modificato dalla stessa pagina." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "Crea un secondo conto bancario / sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account. You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "Prima di poter registrare un trasferimento interno, è necessario aggiungere una nuova banca alla nostra dashboard di contabilità. Per fare ciò entra nel modulo contabilità, clicca su: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Conti bancari`. Crea un nuovo conto bancario. Devi inserire il **numero di conto**. Puoi anche creare e modificare la tua banca per specificare i dettagli della tua banca." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "Salvando le modifiche ora hai 2 conti bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "Registrare un trasferimento interno da una banca all'altra." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** account." +msgstr "Ora trasferiremo 50.000 euro dalla nostra **banca** al nostro conto **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "Registra un trasferimento interno" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "Il primo passo è registrare il pagamento interno. Per farlo, vai nel tuo cruscotto contabile. fai clic sul pulsante **more** di uno dei tuoi bank e seleziona: menuselection: `New -> Internal transfer`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the **Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "Crea un nuovo pagamento. Il tipo di pagamento verrà automaticamente impostato sul trasferimento interno. Seleziona la **banca** a cui vuoi trasferire, specifica **Importo** e aggiungi un **Memo** se lo desideri." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see `_)." +msgstr "Il memo è importante se desideri riconciliare automaticamente (`vedi ` _)." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "Salvare e confermare le modifiche per registrare il pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +msgid "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final accounts." +msgstr "In termini di contabilità il denaro è ora prenotato nel conto di trasferimento. Dovremo importare estratti conto bancari per prenotare il denaro nei conti finali." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "Importa estratti conto e riconciliare" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +msgid "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last statement of your bank." +msgstr "Si noti che il saldo bancario calcolato da Odoo è diverso dall'ultimo estratto conto della vostra banca." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +msgid "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "Questo perché non abbiamo importato l'estratto conto bancario che conferma la partenza e l'arrivo del denaro. È quindi necessario importare il proprio estratto conto e riconciliare il pagamento con la riga dell'estratto conto corretto. Una volta ricevuti i tuoi estratti conto, fai clic sul pulsante **nuova istruzione** della banca corrispondente per importarli." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +msgid "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a **Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the **Reconcile** button." +msgstr "Compila la linea **Transazioni**. Una volta fatto, Odoo visualizzerà un **Computed Balance**. il saldo calcolato è il saldo finale teorico del tuo conto bancario. Se corrisponde all'estratto conto, significa che non sono stati commessi errori. Compila il **saldo finale** e fai clic sul pulsante **Riconcilia**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "Si aprirà la seguente finestra:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +msgid "You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "Devi scegliere le controparti per il paiement. Selezionare la riga dell'estratto conto corretto corrispondente al conto e fare clic sul pulsante **concilia**. Chiudi la dichiarazione per completare la transazione" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +msgid "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will happen automatically." +msgstr "Gli stessi passaggi dovranno essere ripetuti una volta ricevuto il secondo estratto conto. Si noti che se si specifica l'importo corretto e lo stesso memo sia nell'estratto conto bancario sia nella transazione di pagamento, la riconciliazione avverrà automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Riconciliazione bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "Configura il modello di voci" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "In Odoo hai la possibilità di pre-compilare alcune voci contabili per riconciliare facilmente voci ricorrenti come le commissioni bancarie." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "Prendiamo il seguente esempio per illustrare il concetto: ogni mese la mia azienda riceve un costo di commissione bancaria, che dipende dal saldo corrente del nostro conto bancario. Questa tassa è quindi variabile." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Crea modelli di riconciliazione" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "Innanzitutto, dobbiamo configurare due voci di riconciliazione del modello. Per fare ciò, andare al dashboard dell'applicazione di contabilità. Sul tuo giornale bancario, clicca su: menuelezione: `Altro -> Modelli di riconciliazione`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "Vogliamo essere in grado di prenotare facilmente le nostre commissioni bancarie. La nostra banca deduce le imposte in base al nostro saldo, il che significa che può variare ogni mese." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is \"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "Creiamo un pulsante Etichetta chiamata Commissioni bancarie, selezionare l'account corretto per prenotare tali commissioni. Inoltre, dobbiamo anche specificare che il tipo di importo è \"Percentuale di saldo \" con un importo del 100%. Questo parametro dirà a Odoo di prendere in considerazione l'intera quota." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "Salva le modifiche quando hai finito." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +msgid "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "Se l'importo della tua commissione bancaria è fisso, puoi anche selezionare **Risolto** sotto tipo di importo e specificare l'importo nell'importo toccato." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +msgid "You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "È inoltre possibile utilizzare questa funzionalità per gestire gli sconti. Si prega di fare riferimento a: doc: `../../ crediti / customer_invoices / cash_discounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "Registra i tuoi pagamenti in base a un modello di riconciliazione" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +msgid "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "Registra il tuo pagamento importando i tuoi estratti conto bancari che saranno influenzati dal pagamento della commissione bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +msgid "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the **Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the relevant data instantly." +msgstr "Quando si effettua la riconciliazione, è possibile selezionare un saldo aperto e fare clic sul pulsante **Modello di riconciliazione** (in questo caso, **Commissioni bancarie**) per ottenere immediatamente tutti i dati rilevanti." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "Infine, fai clic su **Riconcilia** per completare il processo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../ alimenta / manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../ alimenta / ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ": Doc: `use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "Casi d'uso nel processo di riconciliazione bancaria?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +msgstr "Il collegamento degli estratti conto bancari con la contabilità può essere molto impegnativo. È necessario trovare le fatture indietro, collegare i pagamenti e tale quantità di amministrazione può impiegare molto tempo. Fortunatamente, con Odoo puoi facilmente collegare le tue fatture o qualsiasi altro pagamento con i tuoi estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 +msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." +msgstr "Esistono due processi di riconciliazione in Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" +msgstr "Possiamo registrare direttamente un pagamento sulle fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "Possiamo riconciliare fatture aperte con estratti conto bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +msgid "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "Non è necessaria alcuna configurazione speciale per registrare le fatture. Tutto ciò che dobbiamo fare è installare l'app di contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Casi d'uso" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "Caso 1: registrazione dei pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +msgid "We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "Abbiamo ricevuto la prova di pagamento per la nostra fattura di 2100 euro emessa a Smith & Co." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our customer." +msgstr "Iniziamo dalla nostra fattura emessa di 2100 euro per Smith & Co. Poiché il prodotto venduto è un servizio, richiediamo un pagamento immediato. Il nostro contabile gestisce solo gli estratti conto bancari alla fine della settimana, quindi dobbiamo contrassegnare la fattura come pagata, così possiamo ricordare che possiamo avviare il servizio con il nostro cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +msgid "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "Il nostro cliente ci invia una conferma di pagamento. Possiamo quindi registrare un pagamento e contrassegnare la fattura come pagata." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +msgid "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +msgstr "Cliccando su **registra il pagamento,** stiamo dicendo a Odoo che il nostro cliente ha pagato la fattura. Pertanto, dobbiamo specificare l'importo e il metodo di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +msgid "We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "Possiamo sempre trovare il pagamento dalla fattura facendo clic su: menuelezione: `Informazioni -> Pagamento aperto`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done automatically.**" +msgstr "La fattura è stata pagata e **la riconciliazione è stata eseguita automaticamente.**" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "Caso 2: riconciliazioni bancarie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +msgid "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "Iniziamo dalla nostra fattura emessa di 3000 euro per Smith & Co.. Supponiamo anche che altre fatture siano aperte per diversi clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +msgid "We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "Riceviamo il nostro estratto conto bancario e non solo la fattura di Smith & Co è stata pagata, quella di Buzz di 92 euro." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +msgid "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "**Importa** o **Crea** gli estratti conto bancari. Si prega di fare riferimento ai documenti dalla sezione Feed bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "Nella Dashboard, fai clic su **Riconcilia # articoli**" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +msgid "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "Se tutto andava bene (nome partner corretto, giusta quantità) odoo eseguirà le riconciliazioni **automaticamente**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "Se vengono riscontrati alcuni problemi, dovrai eseguire **azioni manuali**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +msgid "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill it in :" +msgstr "Ad esempio, se il partner manca nel tuo estratto conto, compila semplicemente:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +msgid "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "Se il pagamento viene effettuato con un acconto, è sufficiente verificare se è tutto a posto e convalidare tutti i pagamenti correlati:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "Premi CTRL-Invio per riconciliare tutti gli elementi bilanciati nel foglio." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Setup" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "Come impostare un nuovo conto bancario?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card account." +msgstr "In Odoo puoi gestire più conti bancari. In questa pagina, verrai guidato nella creazione, modifica o cancellazione di un conto bancario o di una carta di credito." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Edit a bank account" +msgstr "Modifica un conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit it first before filling your own bank information." +msgstr "Per facilitare il processo, un conto bancario è già lì. Ti consigliamo di modificarlo prima di riempire le tue informazioni bancarie." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Conti bancari` e clicca sulla voce **Banca**. Modificalo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment method like SEPA" +msgstr "Odoo rileverà il tipo di conto bancario (es. IBAN) per consentire alcuni metodi di pagamento come la SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Crea un conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Conti bancari`. Clicca su **crea** e compila il modulo. Puoi decidere di mostrare il numero del conto bancario nel quale intendi inviare documenti come ordini di vendita o fatture. Seleziona i metodi di pagamento che supporti con questo conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +msgid "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank accounts from another company." +msgstr "Se si sta lavorando in un ambiente multi-azienda, sarà necessario cambiare la società sulle preferenze dell'utente per aggiungere, modificare o eliminare conti bancari da un'altra società." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst +msgid "ABA/Routing" +msgstr "ABA / Routing" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst +msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" +msgstr "Numero di routing della American Bankers Association" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 +msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "Visualizza * Conto bancario * nella nostra dimostrazione online" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +msgid "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "Il saldo iniziale di un estratto conto verrà automaticamente impostato sul saldo di chiusura del precedente all'interno dello stesso giornale." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "Elimina un conto bancario o un conto della carta di credito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +msgid "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action menu" +msgstr "Dall'elenco dei conti bancari, seleziona gli elementi da eliminare ed eliminali dal menu azioni o vai al modulo ed elimina un singolo elemento dal menu azioni" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "Come gestire una banca in una valuta estera?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction." +msgstr "In Odoo, ogni transazione viene registrata nella valuta predefinita della società. I rapporti sono tutti basati sulla valuta della compagnia. Ma per le transazioni che si verificano in un'altra valuta, Odoo memorizza sia il valore nella valuta della società sia il valore nella valuta della transazione." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction, Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "Quando hai un conto bancario in una valuta estera, per ogni transazione, Odoo memorizza due valori:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "Il debito / credito nella valuta della società" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "Il debito / credito nella valuta del conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European Central bank web-services." +msgstr "I tassi di cambio vengono aggiornati automaticamente utilizzando yahoo.com o i servizi web della banca centrale europea." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "Attiva la funzione multi-valuta" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Per consentire alla tua azienda di lavorare con più valute, devi attivare la modalità multi-valuta. Nell'applicazione di contabilità, vai in: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni -> Funzionalità contabili e finanziarie` assicurati che la casella **Consenti multivalenze** sia spuntata. Fornire un account **Guadagno / perdita di cambio**, quindi fare clic su **Applica**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "Configura le valute" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. (to activate a currency, check his active field)" +msgstr "Una volta che l'Odoo è configurato per supportare più valute, è necessario attivare le valute con cui si intende lavorare. Per fare ciò, vai al menu: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Valute`. Tutte le valute vengono create per impostazione predefinita, ma è necessario attivare quelle che si prevede di supportare. (per attivare una valuta, controlla il suo campo attivo)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "Dopo aver attivato le valute, è possibile configurare i parametri per automatizzare l'aggiornamento del tasso di cambio. Queste opzioni sono anche nelle impostazioni dell'applicazione Contabilità, nella parte inferiore della pagina:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "Fai clic sul link **Aggiorna ora** per aggiornare ora i tassi di cambio." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "Crea un nuovo conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "Nell'applicazione di contabilità, per prima cosa andiamo a: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Contabilità / conto bancario`, e ne creiamo una nuova." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "Una volta salvato questo conto bancario, Odoo creerà tutti i documenti per te:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "Un account nel Bilancino" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "Un sezionale nella tua dashboard" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "Informazioni sul conto bancario nel piè di pagina delle fatture se spuntato la casella **Mostra in Fatturazione piè di pagina**" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "Esempio: fattura del fornitore in valuta estera" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from a supplier in China." +msgstr "Sulla base dell'esempio sopra, supponiamo di ricevere la seguente fattura da un fornitore in Cina." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could see:" +msgstr "In: menuelezione: `Acquista -> Fatture fornitore ', questo è ciò che si vedeva:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill to record a payment." +msgstr "Una volta che sei pronto a pagare questo conto, fai clic su registra il pagamento sul conto per registrare un pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice and the payment date." +msgstr "Questo è tutto quello che devi fare. Odoo invierà automaticamente l'utile o la perdita in valuta estera alla riconciliazione del pagamento con la fattura, a seconda che il tasso di cambio sia aumentato o diminuito tra la fattura e la data di pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "Si noti che è possibile pagare una fattura estera con un'altra valuta. In tal caso, Odoo si convertirà automaticamente tra le due valute." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "Dichiarazioni dei clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "I clienti e le dichiarazioni del venditore sono gestiti nella valuta della fattura. Pertanto, l'importo dovuto dal cliente (al tuo fornitore) è sempre espresso nella valuta della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in the report below." +msgstr "Se si dispone di più fatture con valute diverse per lo stesso cliente, Odoo dividerà l'estratto conto del cliente in base alla valuta, come mostrato nel rapporto sottostante." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically be converted in this currency." +msgstr "Nel rapporto precedente, il credito cliente associato a Camptocamp non è gestito in una valuta secondaria, il che significa che mantiene ogni transazione nella propria valuta. Se si preferisce, è possibile impostare l'account cliente di questo cliente con una valuta secondaria e tutti i suoi debiti verranno automaticamente convertiti in questa valuta." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "In tal caso, l'estratto conto ha sempre una sola valuta. In generale, questo non è ciò che il cliente si aspetta poiché preferisce vedere gli importi nella valuta delle fatture ricevute;" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "Come gestire un registratore di cassa?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total balance." +msgstr "Il registratore di cassa è una rivista per registrare le transazioni di pagamenti e pagamenti. Calcola il totale in entrata e in uscita, calcolando il saldo totale." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "Configurare il giornale in contanti in: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Giornali." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "Nella scheda Registrazioni Sezionale, è possibile configurare il conto addebito e addebito predefinito nonché la valuta del giornale" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Attivo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." +msgstr "Imposta attivo su falso per nascondere il sezionale senza rimuoverlo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." +msgstr "Seleziona \"Vendita\" per i periodici delle fatture dei clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." +msgstr "Seleziona \"Acquista\" per i giornali delle fatture dei fornitori." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor payments." +msgstr "Seleziona \"Contanti\" o \"Banca\" per i periodici utilizzati nei pagamenti dei clienti o dei fornitori." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." +msgstr "Seleziona \"Generale\" per i periodici delle operazioni varie." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Use in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Utilizzare nel punto di vendita" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a point of sale." +msgstr "Seleziona questa casella se questo giornale definisce un metodo di pagamento che può essere utilizzato in un punto vendita." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Company related to this journal" +msgstr "Società collegata a questo giornale" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Short Code" +msgstr "Codice corto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." +msgstr "Le registrazioni di questo sezionale saranno numerate usando questo prefisso." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Next Number" +msgstr "Numero successivo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." +msgstr "Il prossimo numero di sequenza verrà utilizzato per la prossima fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Entry Sequence" +msgstr "Sequenza di ingresso" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal entries of this journal." +msgstr "Questo campo contiene le informazioni relative alla numerazione delle registrazioni di questo sezionale." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" +msgstr "Sequenza di note di credito dedicata" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and credit notes made from this journal" +msgstr "Seleziona questa casella se non vuoi condividere la stessa sequenza per fatture e note di credito fatte da questo giornale" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" +msgstr "Note di accredito: numero successivo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." +msgstr "Il prossimo numero di sequenza verrà utilizzato per la prossima nota di credito." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" +msgstr "Sequenza di inserimento note di credito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit note entries of this journal." +msgstr "Questo campo contiene le informazioni relative alla numerazione delle voci della nota di credito di questo giornale." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Default Debit Account" +msgstr "Conto di addebito predefinito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" +msgstr "Funziona come un account predefinito per l'importo di debito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Default Credit Account" +msgstr "Conto di credito predefinito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" +msgstr "Funziona come un account predefinito per l'importo del credito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Valuta" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "The currency used to enter statement" +msgstr "La valuta utilizzata per inserire la dichiarazione" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Debit Methods" +msgstr "Metodi di debito" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "Manuale: pagati in contanti, assegno o qualsiasi altro metodo al di fuori di Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing online (payment token)." +msgstr "Elettronica: viene pagato automaticamente tramite un acquirente di pagamenti richiedendo una transazione su una carta salvata dal cliente al momento dell'acquisto o della sottoscrizione online (token di pagamento)." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable this option from the settings." +msgstr "Deposito batch: consente di racchiudere diversi assegni cliente contemporaneamente generando un deposito batch da inviare alla banca. Quando si codifica l'estratto conto in Odoo, si suggerisce di riconciliare la transazione con il deposito batch. Abilita questa opzione dalle impostazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Payment Methods" +msgstr "Modalità di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." +msgstr "Manuale: paga il conto in contanti o qualsiasi altro metodo al di fuori di Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "Controllare: pagare il conto con assegno e stamparlo da Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." +msgstr "Bonifico SEPA: fattura a pagamento da un file di bonifico SEPA inviato alla tua banca. Abilita questa opzione dalle impostazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "Linee di fatturazione di gruppo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines when generating them from invoices." +msgstr "Se questa casella è selezionata, il sistema proverà a raggruppare le linee di contabilità al momento della loro generazione dalle fatture." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Profit Account" +msgstr "Conto di profitto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes" +msgstr "Utilizzato per registrare un profitto quando il saldo finale di un registratore di cassa differisce da quello che il sistema calcola" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Loss Account" +msgstr "Conto perdite" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes" +msgstr "Utilizzato per registrare una perdita quando il saldo finale di un registratore di cassa differisce da quello che il sistema calcola" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Show journal on dashboard" +msgstr "Mostra il sezionale sul dashboard" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" +msgstr "Se questo sezionale dovrebbe essere visualizzato sul cruscotto o no" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" +msgstr "Verifica stampa Metodo di pagamento selezionato" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment method." +msgstr "Funzione tecnica utilizzata per sapere se la stampa dell'assegno è stata abilitata come metodo di pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Check Sequence" +msgstr "Controlla sequenza" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Checks numbering sequence." +msgstr "Controlla la sequenza di numerazione." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Manual Numbering" +msgstr "Numerazione manuale" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." +msgstr "Seleziona questa opzione se i tuoi assegni prestampati non sono numerati." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Next Check Number" +msgstr "Numero di assegno successivo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." +msgstr "Numero di sequenza del successivo assegno stampato." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Creation of bank statement" +msgstr "Creazione di estratti conto bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:" +msgstr "Questo campo è utilizzato per la sincronizzazione online:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions" +msgstr "a seconda dell'opzione selezionata, transazioni appena recuperate" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one" +msgstr "sarà inserito nella precedente dichiarazione o in una nuova" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" +msgstr "Quantità Autorizzata Differenza" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst +msgid "This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." +msgstr "Questo campo rappresenta la differenza massima consentita tra il saldo finale e il contante teorico alla chiusura di una sessione, per i gestori non POS. Se viene raggiunto questo valore massimo, l'utente avrà un messaggio di errore al termine della sessione, dicendo che deve contattare il proprio manager." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "Come registrare i pagamenti in contanti?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +msgid "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow these steps:" +msgstr "Per registrare un pagamento in contanti specifico per un altro cliente, devi seguire questi passaggi:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions`" +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Dashboard -> Contanti -> Registra transazioni" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "Compila il saldo iniziale e finale" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +msgid "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the transaction" +msgstr "Registrare le transazioni, specificando i clienti collegati alla transazione" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "Mettere soldi" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +msgid "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to :menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "Il denaro versato viene utilizzato per depositare i contanti manualmente prima di iniziare le transazioni. Dalla finestra Registra transazioni, vai a: menuelezione: `Altro -> Metti i soldi in`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "Prendi i soldi" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +msgid "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "Il denaro prelevato viene utilizzato per riscuotere / ritirare il denaro manualmente dopo aver terminato tutte le transazioni. Dalla finestra Registra transazione, vai a: menuelezione: `Altro -> Prendi i soldi '" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +msgid "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "Le transazioni verranno aggiunte alla registrazione di pagamento in contanti corrente." + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Altro" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Consulente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your fixed assets" +msgstr "Gestisci i tuoi beni fissi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +msgid "The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose assets and perform reports on your company assets." +msgstr "Il modulo \"Risorse \" consente di tenere traccia delle Immobilizzazioni come macchinari, terreni e edifici. Il modulo consente di generare automaticamente voci di ammortamento mensili, ottenere il pannello di ammortamento, vendere o disporre di beni ed eseguire report sui beni aziendali." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +msgid "As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by $1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +msgstr "Ad esempio, è possibile acquistare un'automobile per $ 36.000 (valore lordo) e si prevede di ammortizzarla per 36 mesi (3 anni). Ogni mese (periodicità), Odoo creerà una voce di ammortamento riducendo automaticamente il valore delle risorse di $ 1.000 e superando $ 1.000 come spesa. Dopo 3 anni, questo patrimonio rappresenta $ 0 (valore di recupero) nel tuo bilancio." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +msgid "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +msgstr "I diversi tipi di risorse sono raggruppati in \"Tipi di risorse \" che descrivono come deprecare una risorsa. Ecco due esempi di tipi di risorse:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" +msgstr "Edificio: 10 anni, deprezzamento lineare annuale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" +msgstr "Auto: 5 anni, ammortamento lineare mensile" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Asset module" +msgstr "Installa il modulo Asset" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" +msgstr "Inizia con * l'installazione del modulo Asset. *" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +msgid "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting application:" +msgstr "Una volta installato il modulo, dovresti vedere due nuovi menu nell'applicazione di contabilità:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +msgstr ": menuselection: `Consulente -> Risorse»" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr ": menuselection: `Configurazione -> Tipi di beni`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +msgid "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types `." +msgstr "Prima di registrare la tua prima risorsa, devi: ref: `definire i tipi di asset `." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +msgid "Defining Asset Types" +msgstr "Definizione dei tipi di beni" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +msgid "Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an asset type on the supplier bill." +msgstr "Il tipo di asset viene utilizzato per configurare tutte le informazioni su un asset: asset e account di deprecazione, metodo di ammortamento, ecc. In questo modo, i consulenti possono configurare i tipi di asset e gli utenti possono registrare ulteriori risorse senza dover fornire alcuna informazione contabile complessa. Devono solo fornire un tipo di bene sulla fattura del fornitore." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +msgid "You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +msgstr "Dovresti creare tipi di risorse per ogni gruppo di beni che acquisti frequentemente come \"Automobili: 5 anni \", \"Hardware del computer: 3 anni \". Per tutte le altre risorse, è possibile creare tipi di risorse generiche. Assegnagli un nome in base alla durata della risorsa come \"36 mesi \", \"10 anni \", ..." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +msgid "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "Per definire i tipi di asset, vai a: menuselection: `Configuration -> Asset Types`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +msgid "Create assets manually" +msgstr "Crea risorse manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +msgid "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`." +msgstr "Per registrare manualmente una risorsa, vai al menu: menu-scelta: `Consulente -> Risorse»." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +msgid "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before confirming the asset." +msgstr "Una volta creata la risorsa, non dimenticare di confermarla. È inoltre possibile fare clic sul pulsante Calcolo ammortamento per controllare il pannello di ammortamento prima di confermare la risorsa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +msgid "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +msgstr "se si crea un'attività manualmente, è comunque necessario creare la fattura fornitore per questa risorsa. Il documento cespite produrrà solo le voci del giornale di ammortamento, non quelle relative alla fattura del fornitore." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 +msgid "Explanation of the fields:" +msgstr "Spiegazione dei campi:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Stato" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "Quando viene creata una risorsa, lo stato è 'Bozza'." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "Se la risorsa è confermata, lo stato diventa \"In esecuzione\" e le righe di ammortamento possono essere registrate nella contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "È possibile chiudere manualmente una risorsa quando l'ammortamento è scaduto. Se viene registrata l'ultima riga di ammortamento, la risorsa passa automaticamente a tale stato." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoria" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "Categoria di bene" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Data" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "Data del bene" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "Valore lordo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "Valore lordo del bene" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "Valore di recupero" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "È l'importo che pianifichi di avere che non puoi ammortizzare." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "Metodo di calcolo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "Scegli il metodo da utilizzare per calcolare l'ammontare delle linee di ammortamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "* Lineare: calcolato in base a: Valore lordo / numero di ammortamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "* Degressivo: calcolato sulla base di: Valore residuo * Fattore decrescente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "Metodo del tempo basato su" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "Scegli il metodo da utilizzare per calcolare le date e il numero di voci." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 depreciations." +msgstr "* Numero di voci: corregge il numero di voci e il tempo tra 2 svalutazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "* Data di fine: scegliere l'intervallo tra 2 svalutazioni e la data in cui gli ammortamenti non andranno oltre." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "Prorata temporis" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal year" +msgstr "Indica che la prima voce di ammortamento per questa risorsa deve essere effettuata dalla data di acquisto anziché dalla prima data di inizio gennaio / inizio dell'anno fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Numero di ammortamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "Il numero di ammortamenti necessari per ammortizzare la tua attività" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "Numero di mesi in un periodo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "La quantità di tempo tra due ammortamenti, in mesi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 +msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" +msgstr "Prova a creare un * asset * nella nostra dimostrazione online" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" +msgstr "Crea risorse automaticamente da una fattura fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +msgid "Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of the supplier bill." +msgstr "Le risorse possono essere create automaticamente dalle fatture del fornitore. Tutto quello che devi fare è impostare una categoria di asset sulla linea di fatturazione. Quando l'utente convaliderà la fattura, verrà creata automaticamente una risorsa, utilizzando le informazioni della fattura del fornitore." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +msgid "Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your accounts." +msgstr "A seconda delle informazioni sulla categoria di attività, la risorsa verrà creata in bozza o direttamente convalidata *. * È più facile confermare le risorse direttamente in modo da non dimenticare di confermarle in seguito. (controlla il campo * Skip Draft State * su * Asset Category) * Genera asset in draft solo quando vuoi che il tuo consulente controlli tutte le risorse prima di pubblicarle sui tuoi account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +msgid "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically be filled in the supplier bill." +msgstr "se si inserisce la risorsa sul prodotto, la categoria di attività verrà automaticamente inserita nella fattura fornitore." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" +msgstr "Come deprecare una risorsa?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +msgid "Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has been created for this line." +msgstr "Odoo creerà le registrazioni sezionale di ammortamento automaticamente alla data giusta per ogni risorsa confermata. (non quelli di draft). È possibile controllare nella scheda di ammortamento: un punto elenco verde indica che la voce di sezionale è stata creata per questa linea." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +msgid "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +msgstr "Ma puoi anche inserire le registrazioni sezionale prima della data prevista facendo clic sul pallino verde e forzando la creazione della relativa voce di ammortamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +msgid "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal entries which are already posted." +msgstr "Nella scheda di ammortamento, fare clic sul punto rosso per pubblicare la voce di sezionale. Fare clic sul pulsante guilabel: `Items` in alto per vedere le registrazioni sezionale che sono già state pubblicate." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" +msgstr "Come modificare un asset esistente?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "Fare clic su: guilabel: `Modifica ammortamento`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +msgid "Change the number of depreciation" +msgstr "Modificare il numero di ammortamento" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." +msgstr "Odoo ricalcola automaticamente un nuovo pannello di ammortamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" +msgstr "Come registrare la vendita o la cessione di un bene?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +msgid "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset. Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgstr "Se vendi o disponi un bene, devi deprecare completamente questo bene. Clicca sul bottone: guilabel: `Vendi o Disponi`. Questa azione pubblicherà i costi completi di queste attività ma non registrerà la transazione di vendita che dovrebbe essere registrata tramite una fattura cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "Come gestire un budget finanziario?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "Gestire i budget è una parte essenziale della gestione di un'impresa. Ti consente di misurare la tua performance finanziaria effettiva rispetto a quella pianificata. Odoo gestisce i suoi budget utilizzando sia gli account generali che quelli analitici." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +msgid "We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more than 700." +msgstr "Useremo il seguente esempio per illustrare. Abbiamo appena iniziato un progetto con Smith & Co e vorremmo mettere a budget i redditi e le spese di quel progetto. Abbiamo in programma di avere un fatturato di 1000 e non vogliamo spendere più di 700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +msgid "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting and Finance** app." +msgstr "Per prima cosa dobbiamo installare le app pertinenti per utilizzare il budget. Il modulo principale è l'app di contabilità. Accedi al modulo dell'app e installa l'app **Accounting and Finance**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +msgid "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management** feature" +msgstr "Ulteriore configurazione è anche necessaria. Vai a: menuelezione: `Modulo contabilità -> Configurazione -> Impostazioni` e abilita la funzione **Gestione budget**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Posizioni di bilancio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 +msgid "Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +msgstr "Le posizioni di bilancio sono i conti generali per i quali si desidera mantenere i budget (in genere conti di spesa o di reddito). Devono essere definiti in modo che Odoo possa sapere quali account ha bisogno di ottenere le informazioni sul budget. Alcuni potrebbero essere già installati con il tuo piano dei conti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 +msgid "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "Per definire le posizioni, accedere a: menuelezione: `Modulo contabilità -> Configurazione -> Posizioni di bilancio`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 +msgid "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "Per il nostro esempio, dobbiamo definire quali account si riferiscono alle spese del nostro progetto. Crea una posizione e aggiungi elementi per selezionare gli account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 +msgid "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book our expenses." +msgstr "In questo caso selezioniamo i tre account rilevanti utilizzati in cui prenoteremo le nostre spese." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "Clicca su * Seleziona *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "Salva le modifiche per confermare la tua posizione di bilancio." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 +msgid "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "Ripetere questi passaggi per creare una posizione di bilancio delle entrate. Solo in questo caso selezionare i conti di reddito rilevanti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "Conto analitico" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." +msgstr "Odoo ha bisogno di sapere quali costi o spese sono rilevanti per un budget specificato. Per fare ciò, dobbiamo collegare le nostre fatture e spese ad un conto analitico definito. Crea un account analitico inserendo il modulo Contabilità e facendo clic su: menuelezione: `Consulenti -> Conti analitici -> Apri grafici». Crea un nuovo account chiamato progetto Smith & Co e seleziona il partner correlato." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "Imposta un budget" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 +msgid "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "Ora fissiamo i nostri obiettivi per il nostro budget. Abbiamo specificato che ci aspettiamo di guadagnare 1000 con questo progetto e vorremmo non spendere più di 700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +msgid "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "Per impostare questi obiettivi, inserisci l'app per la contabilità, seleziona: menu-scelta: `Consiglieri -> Budget` e crea un nuovo Budget." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 +msgid "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "Dobbiamo dare un nome al budget. In questo caso lo chiameremo \"Progetto Smith \". Seleziona il periodo in cui il budget sarà applicabile. Quindi aggiungi un elemento per specificare i tuoi obiettivi nella linea di bilancio." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "Selezionare la posizione di bilancio relativa alla linea di bilancio. In altre parole, seleziona la posizione che punta agli account che vuoi preventivare. In questo caso inizieremo con il nostro target di carico massimo di 700. Selezionare la posizione di budget \"Costo \" e specificare l'importo pianificato. Poiché stiamo registrando un costo, dobbiamo specificare un **importo negativo**. Infine, seleziona l'account analitico corrispondente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 +msgid "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "Fai clic su **Salva e nuovo** per inserire il budget delle entrate. La posizione di bilancio è Revenue e l'importo pianificato è 1000. Salva e chiudi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "Dovrai **Confermare** e **Approvare** il budget." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "Controlla il tuo budget" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 +msgid "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "Puoi controllare il tuo budget in qualsiasi momento. Per vedere l'evoluzione, prenotiamo fatture e fatture dei venditori." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 +msgid "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account in the invoice and / or purchase line." +msgstr "se si utilizzano Conti analitici, ricordare che è necessario specificare l'account nella fattura e / o nella riga di acquisto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 +msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +msgstr "per ulteriori informazioni sulla prenotazione di fatture e ordini di acquisto vedi:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr ": Doc: `crediti ../../ / customer_invoices / overview`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../../../ acquisto / panoramica / processo / from_po_to_invoice`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "Torna nella lista del budget e trova il Progetto Smith." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical Amount** column." +msgstr "Tramite l'account analitico, Odoo può contabilizzare le linee di fatturazione e le linee di acquisto prenotate nei conti e le visualizzerà nella colonna **Quantità pratica**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 +msgid "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "L'importo teorico rappresenta l'ammontare di denaro che teoricamente si potrebbe spendere / avrebbe dovuto ricevere in funzione della data. Quando il budget è di 1200 per 12 mesi (da gennaio a dicembre) e oggi è il 31 gennaio, l'importo teorico sarà 1000, poiché è l'importo effettivo che avrebbe potuto essere realizzato." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "Come fare un anno in Odoo? (chiude un anno fiscale)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +msgid "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date, and accurate:" +msgstr "Prima di andare avanti con la chiusura di un anno fiscale, ci sono alcuni passi da compiere in genere per garantire che la contabilità sia corretta, aggiornata e accurata:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +msgid "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement balances." +msgstr "Assicurati di aver riconciliato completamente i **conti bancari** ** fino alla fine dell'anno e conferma che i saldi contabili finali concordano con i saldi dei conti bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "Verifica che tutte le **fatture clienti** siano state inserite e approvate." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "Conferma di aver inserito e accettato tutte le **fatture del venditore**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Convalidare tutte le **spese**, assicurandone l'accuratezza." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +msgid "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded accurately." +msgstr "Confermare che tutti i **pagamenti ricevuti** sono stati inseriti e registrati con precisione." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Lista di controllo di fine anno" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "Esegui un **Tax report** e verifica che i tuoi dati fiscali siano corretti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Riconciliare tutti gli account sul **Bilancio**:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +msgid "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "Concorda i tuoi saldi bancari in Odoo con i tuoi saldi bancari effettivi sulle tue dichiarazioni. Utilizza il rapporto **Riconciliazione bancaria** per aiutarti con questo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +msgid "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "Riconcilia tutte le transazioni nei tuoi conti correnti e bancari eseguendo i rapporti **Aged Receivables** e **Aged Payables**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +msgid "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "Controlla i tuoi account, assicurandoti di comprendere appieno le transazioni che li riguardano e la natura delle transazioni, assicurandoti di includere prestiti e immobilizzazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +msgid "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "Esegui la funzione **Corrispondenza pagamenti** opzionale, sotto il menu a discesa **Altro** nella dashboard, convalidando eventuali **Fatture fornitore** e **Fatture cliente** aperte con i loro pagamenti. Questo passaggio è facoltativo, tuttavia può aiutare il processo di fine anno se tutti i pagamenti in sospeso e le fatture sono riconciliati e potrebbe portare alla ricerca di errori o errori nel sistema." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +msgid "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and book entries for:" +msgstr "Il tuo contabile / contabile probabilmente verificherà gli elementi del tuo bilancio e le voci del libro per:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +msgid "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "Aggiustamenti manuali di fine anno, utilizzando il menu **registrazioni sezionale del consulente** (ad esempio, i rapporti **Ricavi anno corrente** e **Ricavi rimanenti**)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "Lavori in corso." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "** Voci del registro di ammortamento **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "** ** Prestiti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "** Rettifiche fiscali **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +msgid "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "Se il tuo contabile / contabile sta attraversando la revisione annuale, potrebbe volere avere copie cartacee di tutti gli elementi del bilancio (come prestiti, conti bancari, pagamenti anticipati, dichiarazioni delle imposte sulle vendite, ecc.) Per concordare questi con i tuoi Equilibri Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +msgid "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while auditing the books." +msgstr "Durante questo processo, è buona norma impostare la **Data di blocco per non consulenti** all'ultimo giorno dell'anno finanziario precedente, che è impostato nella configurazione contabile. In questo modo, il contabile può essere sicuro che nessuno sta cambiando le transazioni dell'anno precedente durante la verifica dei libri." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Chiusura dell'anno fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +msgid "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "In Odoo non è necessario effettuare una chiusura specifica per chiudere gli account di conto economico. I report vengono creati in tempo reale, il che significa che **L'estratto conto** corrisponde direttamente alla data di fine anno che specifichi in Odoo. Pertanto, ogni volta che generi **Conto economico**, la data di inizio corrisponderà all'inizio dell'anno **fiscale** e i saldi dei conti saranno tutti 0." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +msgid "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "Una volta che il contabile / contabile ha creato la registrazione prima nota per assegnare **Entrate dell'anno corrente**, è necessario impostare la **Data blocco** all'ultimo giorno dell'anno fiscale. Assicurati che prima di farlo confermi se le entrate dell'esercizio in corso nel **Stato patrimoniale** riportano correttamente un saldo 0." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "Analitico" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "Come tenere traccia dei costi di acquisti, spese, subappalto?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "Grazie alla contabilità analitica possiamo tenere traccia dei costi degli acquisti, delle spese e dei subappalti nel modulo contabile." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related to the project." +msgstr "Faremo il seguente esempio. Abbiamo venduto un pacchetto di consulenza per un cliente. Il pacchetto è tutto compreso, il che significa che non è possibile aggiungere costi aggiuntivi. Vorremmo tuttavia seguire quale costo è stato allegato a questa transazione in quanto dobbiamo pagare per acquisti, spese e costi di subappalto relativi al progetto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "I seguenti moduli devono essere installati per tenere traccia dei costi. Inserisci il modulo dell'app e installa le seguenti app:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to **track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "Tieni presente che le applicazioni fornite da queste app ci consentono solo **di monitorare** i costi. Non saremo in grado di fatturare automaticamente tali costi ai nostri clienti. Per tenere traccia e **i costi di fatturazione** è necessario installare anche l'app di gestione delle vendite." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "Abilita la contabilità analitica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic accounting box." +msgstr "Il prossimo passo è attivare la contabilità analitica. Nell'app per la contabilità, selezionare: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` e spessa la casella Contabilità analitica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** box." +msgstr "Inoltre, scorrere verso il basso e selezionare la casella **Contabilità analitica per acquisti**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "Non dimenticare di salvare le tue modifiche." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "Crea un account analitico." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "Prima di tutto dovresti creare un account analitico sul quale puoi puntare tutte le tue spese. Inserire l'app di contabilità, selezionare: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Conti analitici`. Creane uno nuovo In questo caso lo chiameremo \"pacchetto di consulenza \" per il nostro cliente Smith & Co." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "Punteremo tutti i nostri costi su questo account per tenerne traccia." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "Registra una spesa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "Iniziamo prenotando una spesa. Il nostro tecnico IT ha dovuto prendere un treno per andare a vedere i nostri clienti. Ha pagato lui stesso il suo biglietto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "Creare un prodotto di spesa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "Per prima cosa dobbiamo creare un prodotto di spesa. Inserisci il modulo **Spese**, clicca su: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Prodotti di spesa`. Crea un nuovo prodotto chiamato biglietto del treno e imposta il prezzo di costo a 15,50 euro. Assicurati che la casella **Può essere spesa** sia spuntata." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "Prenota la spesa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account discussed above." +msgstr "Entra nel modulo Spese, clicca su: menuelezione: `Le mie spese -> Crea`. Selezionare il prodotto del biglietto Treno e collegarlo all'account analitico discusso in precedenza." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal entries." +msgstr "Invia al gestore e attendi che il gestore approvi e pubblichi le registrazioni sezionale." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "Creare un ordine d'acquisto collegato all'account analitico" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "Acquista il prodotto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "Abbiamo anche bisogno di acquistare un software per i nostri clienti. Nell'app di acquisto creare un ordine di acquisto per il prodotto software. (fare riferimento al seguente documento: doc: `../../../ acquisto / panoramica / processo / from_po_to_invoice`). All'interno della linea possiamo collegare il costo del prodotto con l'account analitico. Specificare la riga dell'ordine e selezionare l'account analitico corretto. Conferma la vendita." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114 +msgid "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical account." +msgstr "Accetta la consegna e inserisci la fattura. Una volta inserita la fattura, il prezzo di costo (campo **Prezzo fornitore**) verrà registrato nel conto analitico." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "la subfornitura" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120 +msgid "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "Il modulo di acquisto può essere utilizzato nello stesso modo visto in precedenza per gestire il subappalto. se acquistiamo un servizio da un'altra società, possiamo fatturare questo costo collegando la riga dell'ordine di acquisto con l'account analitico corretto. Abbiamo semplicemente bisogno di creare il prodotto corretto dei fornitori." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "Puoi anche tenere traccia dei costi con i timesheet, vedi:: doc: `timesheets`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "Tieni traccia dei costi in contabilità" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133 +msgid "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "Ora che tutto è prenotato e indica l'account analitico. Basta aprirlo per controllare i costi relativi a quell'account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136 +msgid "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "Inserire il modulo di contabilità, fare clic su: menuelezione: `Consiglieri -> Conti analitici -> Apri grafici»." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 +msgid "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "Seleziona \"pacchetto di consulenza - Smith \" e fai clic sul pulsante costi e entrate per avere una panoramica di tutti i costi collegati all'account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147 +msgid "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same analytical account." +msgstr "Se si desidera avere anche le entrate, è necessario fatturare il pacchetto di consulenza nel menu Fattura e collegare la riga della fattura a questo stesso account analitico." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "Come tenere traccia dei costi delle risorse umane con i timesheet?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "La risorsa umana ha ovviamente un costo. È interessante vedere quanto un particolare contratto costi l'azienda in termini di potere umano in relazione agli importi fatturati." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and **Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer **Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "Faremo il seguente esempio: I nostri due dipendenti **Harry Potter** e **Cedric Digory** lavorano entrambi su un **pacchetto di consulenza** per i nostri clienti **Smith & Co**. Harry è pagato 18 € ph e lo stipendio di Cedric è di 12 € ph Vorremmo tracciare i loro costi della scheda attività all'interno dell'app per la contabilità e confrontarli con le entrate del servizio di consulenza." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module name and install them." +msgstr "Innanzitutto, installa le tre applicazioni necessarie per utilizzare questa funzionalità, ovvero **Contabilità**, **Vendite** e **Scheda attività**. Inserisci il nome del modulo app e installali." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the **Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "Successivamente sarà necessario abilitare la contabilità analitica. Per farlo, accedi all'app **Accounting**. Seleziona: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` e seleziona l'opzione **Contabilità analitica** (vedi immagine sotto)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "Implementazione delle tue modifiche" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "Crea un impiegato" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "Per verificare le entrate di un dipendente è necessario averne uno. Per creare un dipendente, accedi all'app **Employee**. Seleziona **Dipendenti** e crea un nuovo dipendente, inserisci il nome e le informazioni di base." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "Sul foglio dipendente inserire la scheda **Impostazioni FC**. Qui puoi specificare **Costo della scheda attività** del tuo dipendente. In questo caso, Harry ha un costo di 18 euro / ora. Compileremo quindi 18 in questo campo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be related to a User." +msgstr "Se si desidera che il dipendente sia in grado di inserire i fogli di lavoro, deve essere correlato a un utente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "Ripeti l'operazione per creare il dipendente Cedric Digory. Non dimenticare di specificare il relativo utente e **Costi scheda attività**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "Emetti un ordine cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the **Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "Abbiamo creato due dipendenti chiamati Harry Potter e Cedric Diggory nell'app **Employee**. Entrambi lavoreranno a un contratto di consulenza per il nostro cliente Smith & Co, dove indicheranno le loro ore su una scheda attività." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as unit of measures." +msgstr "Pertanto, abbiamo bisogno di creare un **ordine di vendita** con **un servizio** prodotto fatturato **in base al tempo e al materiale** e tracciato da schede attività con **ore** come unità di misura." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in Progress)." +msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni su come creare un ordine di vendita in base al tempo e al materiale, vedere: * Come fatturare in base al tempo e al materiale * (Lavori in corso)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +msgid "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture below)." +msgstr "Salviamo un ordine di vendita con il prodotto di servizio **Consulenza esterna**. Un account analitico verrà generato automaticamente una volta confermato **Ordine cliente**. I nostri dipendenti dovranno fare riferimento a tale account (in questo caso **SO002-Smith & Co**) per poter fatturare le loro ore (vedi immagine sotto)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "Compila la scheda attività" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +msgid "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical Account** discussed above." +msgstr "Come dipendente collegato a un utente, Harry può inserire l'app **Timesheet** e specificare i suoi timesheet per il contratto. Accedendo all'account di Harry, entriamo nell'app **Timesheet** e inseriamo una linea dettagliata che punta al **Account analitico** discusso sopra." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "Harry ha lavorato tre ore su un'analisi SWOT per Smith & Co." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "Nel frattempo, Cedric ha discusso le esigenze delle aziende con il cliente per 1 ora e lo ha specificato anche nella sua scheda attività personale, indicando anche il **Account analitico**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +msgid "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "Nell' **Ordine di vendita** notiamo che le quantità di ore erogate vengono calcolate automaticamente (vedere la figura sotto)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "Contabilità analitica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "Grazie ai conti analitici siamo in grado di avere una panoramica dei costi e dei ricavi delle risorse umane. Tutti i ricavi e i costi di queste transazioni sono stati registrati nell'account SO002-Smith & Co **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "Possiamo usare due metodi per analizzare questa situazione." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "Senza filtri" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +msgid "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "Se puntiamo tutti i nostri costi e ricavi del progetto sul conto analitico corretto, possiamo facilmente recuperare il costo e le entrate relativi a questo conto analitico. Inserisci l'app * Contabilità *, seleziona: menu-scelta: `Consulente -> Conti analitici -> Apri grafici»." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +msgid "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "Nota: è possibile specificare un periodo per **Analisi**. Se vuoi aprire la situazione attuale devi mantenere i campi vuoti. Possiamo già notare il saldo di credito e debito dell'account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +msgid "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "Se facciamo clic sull'account viene fornito un pulsante speciale per avere i dettagli di costi e ricavi (vedi immagine sotto)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues with the corresponding description." +msgstr "Fare clic sul pulsante **Costo / Entrate** per avere una panoramica dei costi e dei ricavi con la descrizione corrispondente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "Con filtri" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "Possiamo quindi filtrare queste informazioni dalle **Voci analitiche**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +msgid "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human resource cost." +msgstr "Inserisci l'app **Accounting** e fai clic su: menuelezione: `Consulente -> Voci analitiche`. In questo menu abbiamo diverse opzioni per analizzare il costo delle risorse umane." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +msgid "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "Filtriamo sull'account **analitico** in modo che possiamo vedere il costo e le entrate del progetto. Aggiungi un filtro **personalizzato** in cui **Account analitico** contiene il numero **Ordine di vendita**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +msgid "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "Nei risultati vediamo le attività di timesheets e le linee fatturate con i relativi costi e ricavi." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +msgid "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the **Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "Possiamo raggruppare i diversi conti analitici e controllare i rispettivi ricavi. È sufficiente raggruppare per **Account analitico** e selezionare la **Vista grafico** per avere una panoramica chiara." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "Casi d'uso dell'account analitico" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "La contabilità analitica può essere utilizzata per diversi scopi:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "analizzare i costi di un'azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "Rinnova tempo per un cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "analizzare le prestazioni di un servizio o di un progetto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "Per gestire la contabilità analitica, devi attivarla in: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni`:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "Per illustrare chiaramente i conti analitici, seguirai tre casi d'uso, ciascuno in uno dei tre diversi tipi di società:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "Azienda industriale: analisi dei costi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "Studio legale: reinvoice ore trascorse" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "Azienda IT / Servizi: analisi delle prestazioni" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "Caso 1: società industriale: analisi dei costi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "Nell'industria, troverete spesso tabelle analitiche di conti strutturate in dipartimenti e prodotti su cui la società stessa è costruita." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "L'obiettivo è esaminare costi, vendite e margini per dipartimento / risorse e per prodotto. Il primo livello della struttura comprende i diversi reparti, mentre i livelli inferiori rappresentano le gamme di prodotti che l'azienda produce e vende." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "** Schema analitico dei conti per una società di produzione industriale **:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "Marketing Department" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "Dipartimento commerciale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "Dipartimento amministrativo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "Gamma di produzione 1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "Gamma di produzione 2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "Nell'uso quotidiano, è utile contrassegnare l'account analitico su ciascuna fattura di acquisto. Quando la fattura viene approvata, genererà automaticamente le voci sia per i conti analitici generali che per quelli corrispondenti. Per ogni voce nei conti generali, esiste almeno una voce analitica che assegna i costi al dipartimento che li ha sostenuti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "Ecco una possibile disaggregazione di alcune voci di contabilità generale per l'esempio sopra, assegnate a vari conti analitici:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "** Conti generali **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "** Conti analitici **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "Titolo 3" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "Account:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "Debito" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "Credito" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "Valore" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "Acquisto di materie prime" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "2122" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "-1 500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "Subappaltatori" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "-450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "Nota di credito per materiali difettosi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "200" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "Spese di trasporto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "Costi di personale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "2121" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "10000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "-2.000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "Commerciale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "-3.000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "Amministrativo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "-1.000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "PR" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "-400" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example above:" +msgstr "La rappresentazione analitica per reparto consente di esaminare i costi assegnati a ciascun dipartimento dell'azienda. Il grafico analitico dei conti mostra la distribuzione dei costi dell'azienda utilizzando l'esempio sopra:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "In questo esempio di una struttura gerarchica in Odoo, puoi analizzare non solo i costi di ogni gamma di prodotti, ma anche i costi dell'intera produzione. Una relazione che mette in relazione account generali e conti analitici consente di ottenere una ripartizione dei costi all'interno di un determinato reparto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "Gli esempi sopra riportati si basano su una ripartizione dei costi dell'azienda. Le allocazioni analitiche possono essere altrettanto efficaci per le vendite. Questo ti dà la redditività (vendite - costi) dei diversi dipartimenti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading companies and industries." +msgstr "Questa rappresentazione analitica per dipartimento è generalmente utilizzata da società commerciali e industrie." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "Una variante di ciò, non è quella di scomporlo dai reparti vendite e marketing, ma di assegnare ciascun costo alla gamma di prodotti corrispondente. Questo ti darà un'analisi della redditività di ogni gamma di prodotti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "La scelta dell'uno dipende da come guardi al tuo sforzo di marketing. Si tratta di un costo globale allocato in modo generale o ogni gamma di prodotti è responsabile dei propri costi di marketing?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "Caso 2: Studio legale: costi delle risorse umane?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a given file/analytic account." +msgstr "Gli studi legali adottano generalmente la gestione caso per caso, in cui ogni caso rappresenta un file client corrente. Tutte le spese e i prodotti vengono quindi allegati a un determinato file / conto analitico." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "Una preoccupazione principale degli studi legali è la fatturazione delle ore lavorate e la redditività per cassa e per dipendente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's cost." +msgstr "I meccanismi utilizzati per la codifica delle ore lavorate saranno trattati in dettaglio nella documentazione della scheda attività. Come la maggior parte dei processi di sistema, le ore lavorate sono integrate nella contabilità analitica. Nel modulo dipendente, specificare il costo del dipendente. La tariffa oraria è una funzione del costo del dipendente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "Quindi uno studio legale opterà per una rappresentazione analitica che rifletta la gestione del tempo che i dipendenti lavorano sui diversi casi dei clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "La fatturazione per i diversi casi è un po 'insolita. I casi non corrispondono a nessuna voce nel conto generale né provengono da fatture di acquisto o di vendita. Sono rappresentati dalle varie operazioni analitiche e non hanno esatte controparti nei conti generali. Sono calcolati sulla base del costo orario per dipendente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "Alla fine del mese in cui paghi stipendi e benefit, li integri nei conti generali ma non nei conti analitici, perché sono già stati contabilizzati nella fatturazione di ciascun account. Un rapporto che collega i dati dei conti analitici e generali consente quindi di confrontare i totali, in modo da poter modificare le stime del costo orario per dipendente in base al tempo effettivamente impiegato." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "La seguente tabella mostra un esempio di diverse voci analitiche che puoi trovare per il tuo account analitico:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "Importo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "** Conto generale **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "Studia il file (1 ora)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "Caso 1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "-15" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "Cerca informazioni (3 h)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "-45" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "Consultazione (4 h)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "Caso 1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "-60" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "Imposte di servizio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "280" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "705 - Servizi di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "Acquisto di cancelleria" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "-42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "601 - Acquisto di mobili" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "Costo del carburante - viaggio passeggero" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "-35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "613 - Trasporti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "Stipendi del personale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "6201 - Stipendi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "3 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of various transactions." +msgstr "Tale struttura consente di effettuare uno studio dettagliato della redditività delle varie transazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "Per maggiori dettagli sulla redditività, si prega di leggere il seguente documento: doc: `timesheets`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "Ma la contabilità analitica non si limita a una semplice analisi della redditività dei diversi clienti. Gli stessi dati possono essere utilizzati per la ricarica automatica dei servizi al cliente alla fine del mese. Per fatturare i clienti, basta collegare l'account analitico a un ordine di vendita e vendere prodotti che gestiscono la scheda attività o le spese." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "Caso 3: società di servizi IT: analisi della perfomance" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "La maggior parte delle società di servizi IT affronta i seguenti problemi:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "Pianificazione di Progetto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "fatturazione, redditività e follow-up finanziario dei progetti," + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "gestione dei contratti di supporto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "Per affrontare questi problemi, si utilizzerà un piano analitico di conti strutturato per progetto e per ordine di vendita." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are also similar." +msgstr "La gestione dei servizi, delle spese e delle vendite è simile a quella presentata sopra per gli avvocati. Anche la fatturazione e lo studio della redditività sono simili." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to an analytic account" +msgstr "Ma ora guarda i contratti di supporto. Questi contratti sono solitamente limitati a un numero di ore prepagato. Ogni servizio pubblicato nei conti analitici mostra le restanti ore di supporto. Per gestire i contratti di supporto, è necessario creare un prodotto configurato per fatturare all'ordine e collegare l'ordine di vendita a un account analitico" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support contract remain." +msgstr "In Odoo, ogni riga analitica elenca il numero di unità vendute o utilizzate, oltre a quelle che normalmente si trovano lì - l'importo in unità di valuta (USD o GBP, o qualunque altra scelta tu faccia). In questo modo è possibile sommare le quantità vendute e utilizzate su ogni ordine di vendita per determinare se restano o meno ore di contratto di assistenza." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "Conclusion" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the production performance." +msgstr "Contabilità analitica consente di analizzare costi e ricavi indipendentemente dal caso d'uso. Puoi vendere o acquistare servizi, tracciare il tempo o analizzare le prestazioni di produzione." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "La contabilità analitica è flessibile e facile da usare attraverso tutte le applicazioni Odoo (vendite, acquisti, scheda attività, produzione, fattura, ...)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" +msgstr "Che cos'è un tipo di conto e come posso configurarlo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +msgid "What is an account type ?" +msgstr "Che cos'è un tipo di conto?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +msgid "An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "Un tipo di conto è un nome o codice assegnato a un account che indica lo scopo dell'account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +msgid "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening entries." +msgstr "In Odoo, i Tipi di conto sono utilizzati a scopo informativo, per generare rapporti legali specifici per paese, impostare le regole per chiudere un anno fiscale e generare voci di apertura." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +msgid "Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific category according to its behaviour or purpose." +msgstr "Fondamentalmente, i tipi di account categorizzano l'account generale con alcune categorie specifiche in base al suo comportamento o scopo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" +msgstr "Quali sono i tipi di account in Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account types. Just pick the one related to your account." +msgstr "Odoo copre tutti i tipi di contabilità. Pertanto, non è possibile creare nuovi tipi di account. Scegli quello correlato al tuo account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +msgid "**List of account types**" +msgstr "**Elenco dei tipi di account**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "\"conti da ricevere\"" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "pagabile" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banca e contanti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Attività correnti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Attività non correnti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "I risconti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Immobilizzazioni" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passività correnti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passività non correnti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Equity" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Guadagni dell'anno corrente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Altri proventi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Entrata" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "l'ammortamento" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Spese" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +msgid "Direct Costs" +msgstr "Costi diretti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" +msgstr "Come configuro i miei account?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +msgid "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one related to your country." +msgstr "I tipi di account vengono creati automaticamente quando si installa un piano di account. Per impostazione predefinita, Odoo fornisce molti schemi di conti, basta installare quello relativo al tuo paese." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +msgid "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, you can create your own accounts too." +msgstr "Installerà account generici. Ma se non copre tutti i tuoi casi, puoi creare anche i tuoi account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +msgid "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically installed." +msgstr "Se sei un utente Saas, il tuo piano nazionale dell'account viene installato automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +msgid "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "Per creare un nuovo account, vai all'applicazione Contabilità. Aprire il menu: menu-scelta: `Consulente -> Piano degli account ', fare clic sul pulsante **Crea**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening entries." +msgstr "Il tipo di conto è utilizzato a scopo informativo, per generare rapporti legali specifici del paese e impostare le regole per chiudere un anno fiscale e generare voci di apertura." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Tag" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" +msgstr "Tag opzionali che potresti voler assegnare per rapporti personalizzati" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Account Currency" +msgstr "Valuta del Conto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." +msgstr "Forza tutte le mosse per questo account per avere la valuta di questo account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Internal Type" +msgstr "Tipo interno" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is for vendor/customer accounts." +msgstr "Il \"tipo interno\" viene utilizzato per le funzionalità disponibili su diversi tipi di conti: il tipo di liquidità è per contanti o conti bancari, pagabile / ricevibile è per i conti fornitore / cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Consenti riconciliazione" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst +msgid "Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of journal items." +msgstr "Seleziona questa casella se questo conto consente la riconciliazione di pagamenti e fatture." + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 +msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "Visualizza * Crea un account * nella nostra dimostrazione online" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventario" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "Impatto sulla valutazione del prezzo medio al momento della restituzione delle merci" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* `__, one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the average cost." +msgstr "Come indicato nella * pagina di valutazione dell'inventario * `__, uno dei possibili metodi di calcolo dei costi che è possibile utilizzare nella valutazione di stock perpetua, è il costo medio ." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "Questo documento risponde a una domanda ricorrente per le aziende che utilizzano tale metodo per effettuare la valutazione delle scorte: in che modo una spedizione restituita al fornitore influisce sul costo medio e sulle voci contabili? Questo documento è **solo** per il caso d'uso specifico di una valutazione perpetua (rispetto a quella periodica) e nel metodo di determinazione del prezzo medio (in contrasto con lo standard FIFO)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "Definizione del costo medio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "Il metodo del costo medio calcola il costo di fine inventario e costo delle merci vendute in base al costo medio ponderato per unità di inventario." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following formula:" +msgstr "Il costo medio ponderato per unità è calcolato utilizzando la seguente formula:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed as:" +msgstr "Quando i nuovi prodotti arrivano in un magazzino, il nuovo costo medio viene ricalcolato come:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "Quando i prodotti escono dal magazzino: il costo medio **non cambia**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "Definizione del prezzo di acquisto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "Il prezzo di acquisto è stimato alla ricezione dei prodotti (potrebbe non aver ancora ricevuto la fattura del venditore) e rivalutato alla ricezione della fattura del venditore. Il prezzo di acquisto include il costo che si paga per i prodotti, ma può anche includere costi aggiuntivi, come i costi logistici." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "Esempio di costo medio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "operazione" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Valore delta" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valore Inventario" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Qtà a portata di mano" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "Costo medio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "Ricevi 8 prodotti a $ 10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$ 80" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "Ricevi 4 prodotti a $ 16" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$ 144" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$ 12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Consegna di 10 prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$ 24" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes logically the purchase price." +msgstr "All'inizio, il costo medio è impostato su 0 perché non ci sono prodotti nell'inventario. Quando viene effettuata la prima ricezione, il costo medio diventa logicamente il prezzo di acquisto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "Alla seconda ricezione, il costo medio viene aggiornato perché il valore di inventario totale è ora `` $ 80 + 4 * $ 16 = $ 144``. Dato che abbiamo 12 unità a disposizione, il prezzo medio per unità è \"$ 144/12 = $ 12\"." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost. Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "Per definizione, la consegna di 10 prodotti non modifica il costo medio. In effetti, il valore di inventario è ora di $ 24 in quanto abbiamo solo 2 unità rimanenti di ciascun `` $ 24/2 = $ 12``." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "Caso d'uso per la restituzione dell'acquisto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price of these products!)." +msgstr "Nel caso in cui un prodotto sia restituito al fornitore dopo la ricezione, il valore di inventario viene ridotto utilizzando le formule di costo medio (non al prezzo iniziale di questi prodotti!)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "Il che significa che la tabella sopra sarà aggiornata come segue:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "Ritorno di 1 prodotto inizialmente acquistato a $ 10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "Spiegazione: esempio contatore" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule, you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "Ricorda la definizione di **Costo medio**, dicendo che non aggiorniamo il costo medio di un prodotto che lascia l'inventario. Se infrangi questa regola, potresti causare incongruenze nel tuo inventario." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "Ad esempio, ecco lo scenario in cui consegnare un pezzo al cliente e restituire l'altro al proprio fornitore (al costo dell'acquisto). Ecco l'operazione:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "Spedizione del cliente 1 prodotto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "**$2**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "**0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "Come puoi vedere in questo esempio, questo non è corretto: una valutazione di inventario di $ 2 per 0 pezzi nel magazzino." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average cost:" +msgstr "Lo scenario corretto dovrebbe essere quello di restituire le merci al costo medio attuale:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "**$0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "D'altra parte, l'utilizzo del costo medio per valutare il rendimento garantisce un valore di inventario corretto in ogni momento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "Ulteriori riflessioni sulla modalità anglo-sassone" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "Per le persone che utilizzano i principi contabili **anglo saxon**, è necessario tenere conto di un altro concetto: il conto di input azionario del prodotto, che è destinato a contenere in qualsiasi momento il valore delle fatture del fornitore da ricevere. In questo modo, l'account di input azionario aumenterà alla ricezione delle spedizioni in arrivo e diminuirà al ricevimento delle fatture del fornitore correlate." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase price:" +msgstr "Tornando al nostro esempio, vediamo che quando il rendimento è valutato al prezzo medio, l'importo prenotato nell'account di input azionario è il prezzo di acquisto originale:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "ingresso azionario" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "prezzo diff" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "($ 80)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "Ricevi fattura del venditore $ 80" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "($ 64)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "Ricevi fattura del fornitore $ 64" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "**$10**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "**$12**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "Ricevi il rimborso del venditore $ 10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "$ 2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account located on the product category is used to book the difference between the average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "Questo perché il rimborso del fornitore verrà effettuato utilizzando il prezzo di acquisto originale, quindi per azzerare l'effetto del rendimento dell'input di stock nell'ultima operazione, dobbiamo riutilizzare il prezzo originale. L'account di differenza di prezzo che si trova nella categoria di prodotto viene utilizzato per prenotare la differenza tra il costo medio e il prezzo di acquisto originale." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "Registra i tassi di cambio ai pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are in a different currency." +msgstr "Qualsiasi azienda che fa affari internazionali deve affrontare il caso in cui i pagamenti sono in una valuta diversa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "Dopo aver ricevuto i loro pagamenti, hai la possibilità di convertire l'importo nella valuta della tua azienda. Il pagamento in più valute implica fluttuazioni dei tassi. Le differenze di velocità vengono automaticamente registrate da Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "Abilita multivalenze" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "Nel modulo contabilità, vai a: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` e contrassegna **Consenti multivalenze**, quindi fai clic su **applica**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "Configurare i tassi di cambio in: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Valute`. Annota la tariffa e assicurati che la valuta sia attiva." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments in **Dollars**." +msgstr "In questo documento, la valuta di base è **Euro** e registreremo i pagamenti in **Dollari**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "È possibile recuperare automaticamente i tassi di cambio dalla **Banca centrale europea** o ** ** **. Si prega di leggere il documento:: doc: `how_it_works`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "Configura il tuo sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "Per registrare i pagamenti in altre valute, devi **rimuovere il vincolo di valuta** sul giornale. Vai all'applicazione di contabilità, fai clic su **Altro** sul giornale e **Impostazioni**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "Controlla se il campo **Valuta** è vuoto o nella valuta estera in cui registrerai i pagamenti. Se una valuta è compilata, significa che è possibile registrare i pagamenti solo in questa valuta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "Registra un pagamento in una valuta diversa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "Nell'applicazione **Contabilità**, vai a: menuelezione: `Vendite -> Pagamenti`. Registrare il pagamento e indicare che è stato fatto in valuta estera. Quindi fare clic su **conferma**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "La voce di sezionale è stata pubblicata ma non assegnata." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "Tornare alla fattura (: menuelezione: `Vendite -> Fatture cliente`) e fare clic su **Aggiungi** per allocare il pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "Registra un estratto conto in una valuta diversa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** in which it was paid." +msgstr "Crea o importa l'estratto conto del tuo pagamento. L'importo ** **è nella valuta della società. Esistono due campi complementari, la **Valuta importo**, che è l'importo effettivamente pagato e la **Valuta** in cui è stata pagata." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right **Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." +msgstr "Durante la riconciliazione, Odoo abbinerà direttamente il pagamento con la fattura ** ** corretta. Otterrai il prezzo della fattura nella valuta della fattura e l'importo nella valuta della tua azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "Controlla le differenze di cambio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the **Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Consulente -> Registrazioni Sezionale 'e cerca le Registrazioni Sezionale **Differenza di cambio**. Tutte le differenze di cambio sono registrate in esso." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "Il sezionale delle differenze di cambio può essere modificato nelle impostazioni di contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../../ banca / riconciliazione / configure`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../../ banca / riconciliazione / use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Come funziona la valuta multipla di Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency activities." +msgstr "La scelta di utilizzare l'opzione multi-valuta in Odoo ti consentirà di inviare fatture di vendita, preventivi e ordini di acquisto o di ricevere fatture e pagamenti in valute diverse dalla tua. Con la valuta multipla, puoi anche impostare conti bancari in altre valute ed eseguire rapporti sulle tue attività in valuta estera." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "Attiva multivaluta" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Nel modulo contabilità, vai a: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` e contrassegna **Consenti multivalute**, quindi fai clic su **Applica**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "Giornale di cambio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "Il **Sezionale delle differenze di frequenza** registra le differenze tra la registrazione del pagamento e l'importo previsto. Ad esempio, se un pagamento viene pagato 1 mese dopo l'emissione della fattura, il tasso di cambio è probabilmente cambiato. Le fluttuazioni implicano perdite o profitti registrati da Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "Puoi cambiarlo nelle impostazioni:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "Visualizza o modifica la frequenza utilizzata" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "You can manually configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "È possibile configurare manualmente i tassi di cambio in: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Valute`. Apri le valute che vuoi usare in Odoo e modificale. Assicurati che la valuta sia attiva." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "Fai clic su **Visualizza tariffe** per modificarlo e visualizzare la cronologia:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "Fai clic su **Crea** per aggiungere la tariffa. Inserisci la data e la tariffa. Fai clic su **Salva** quando hai finito." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "Tasso di cambio dal vivo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency Rate** section." +msgstr "Per impostazione predefinita, le valute devono essere aggiornate manualmente. Ma puoi sincronizzarlo con `Yahoo `__ o la `Banca centrale europea `__. In: menuelection: `Configuration -> Settings`, vai alla sezione **Live Currency Rate**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you are set !" +msgstr "Scegli l'intervallo: manuale, giornaliero, settimanale o mensile. Puoi sempre forzare l'aggiornamento facendo clic su **Aggiorna ora**. Seleziona il fornitore e sei pronto!" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "Solo le valute **attive** vengono aggiornate" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "Configura i tuoi grafici dell'account" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "Nell'applicazione di contabilità, vai a: menuelezione: `Consulente -> Grafici degli account`. Su ogni account, puoi impostare una valuta. Impone a tutte le mosse di questo account la valuta dell'account." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +msgid "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are Active." +msgstr "Se lo lasci vuoto, significa che può gestire tutte le valute che sono attive." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "Configura i tuoi diari" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "Per registrare i pagamenti in altre valute, è necessario rimuovere il vincolo di valuta sul giornale. Vai all'applicazione di contabilità, fai clic su **Altro** sul giornale e **Impostazioni**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "Controlla se il campo valuta è vuoto o nella valuta estera in cui registrerai i pagamenti. Se una valuta è compilata, significa che è possibile registrare i pagamenti solo in questa valuta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "Ora che stai lavorando in un ambiente multi-valuta, tutti gli elementi responsabili saranno collegati a una valuta, nazionale o estera." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "Ordini di vendita e fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole document." +msgstr "Ora puoi impostare una valuta diversa da quella della società sugli ordini di vendita e sulle fatture. La valuta è impostata per l'intero documento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Acquisti ordini e fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole document." +msgstr "Ora è possibile impostare una valuta diversa da quella della società sui propri ordini di acquisto e sulle fatture del fornitore. La valuta è impostata per l'intero documento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "Registrazioni di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +msgid "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "Nell'applicazione di contabilità, vai su **Vendite> Pagamenti**. Registra il pagamento e imposta la valuta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "{0}{/0} {1}       {/1} {2}Dichiarazioni delle Banche Centrali{/2}" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "Quando si creano o si importano estratti conto bancari, l'importo è nella valuta della società. Ma ora ci sono due campi complementari, l'importo effettivamente pagato e la valuta in cui è stato pagato." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." +msgstr "Durante la riconciliazione, Odoo abbinerà direttamente il pagamento con la fattura corretta. Otterrai il prezzo della fattura nella valuta della fattura e l'importo nella valuta della tua azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Consulente -> Voci di sezionale 'e cerca le registrazioni sezionale delle differenze di cambio. Tutte le differenze di cambio sono registrate in esso." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr ": Doc: `invoices_payments`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr ": doc: `exchange`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "Come gestire fatture e pagamenti in più valute?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's life." +msgstr "Odoo fornisce supporto multi-valuta con aggiustamento automatico delle entrate lorde o delle perdite in valuta. Ci sono alcune cose che Odoo è stato per facilitare la vita dell'utente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of force a specific currency." +msgstr "Tutte le transazioni dell'account verranno effettuate utilizzando la valuta della società. Tuttavia, puoi vedere due campi aggiuntivi con la voce del sezionale dove saranno visibili la valuta e l'importo secondario. È possibile creare giornali multivaluta di forzare una valuta specifica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "Quando si crea una fattura, la valuta può essere cambiata molto facilmente; tuttavia, Odoo considera la valuta della società come un incarico predefinito. Converte tutti gli importi automaticamente usando quella valuta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "Abilita multivaluta" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: :doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "Per informazioni sull'attivazione di Multi-Currency, leggi il documento:: doc: `how_it_works`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "Per registrare i pagamenti in altre valute, è necessario rimuovere il vincolo di valuta sul giornale. Vai all'applicazione di contabilità, sul giornale, clicca su: menuelezione: `Altro -> Impostazioni`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Fatture multi-valuta e fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "Pagamenti multi-valuta" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "Nell'applicazione di contabilità, vai a: menuelezione: `Vendite -> Pagamenti`. Registrare il pagamento e indicare che è stato fatto in valuta estera. Quindi fare clic su **Conferma**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "Dichiarazioni bancarie a più valute" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the amount in your company currency." +msgstr "Durante la riconciliazione, Odoo corrisponderà direttamente al pagamento con la fattura corretta. Otterrai il prezzo della fattura nella valuta della fattura e l'importo nella valuta della tua azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the **Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded in it." +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Consulente -> Voci di sezionale 'e cerca le registrazioni sezionale **Differenza di scambio**. Tutte le differenze di cambio sono registrate in esso." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr ": Doc: `how_it_works`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Reportistica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "Come creare report personalizzati con le tue formule?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country) to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +msgstr "Odoo 9 è dotato di un framework di reporting potente e facile da usare. Creare nuovi report (come un report fiscale o un bilancio per un paese specifico) in base alle proprie esigenze è ora più semplice che mai." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Attiva la modalità sviluppatore" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the **developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +msgstr "Per poter accedere all'interfaccia di creazione del report finanziario, è necessario attivare la **modalità sviluppatore**. Per farlo, prima fai clic sul profilo utente nel menu in alto a destra, quindi su **Informazioni su**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "Fai clic su: **Attiva la modalità sviluppatore**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Crea il tuo rapporto finanziario" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +msgid "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "Innanzitutto, è necessario creare il proprio report finanziario. Per farlo, vai su: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Rapporti finanziari»" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +msgid "Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be configured:" +msgstr "Una volta che il nome è stato riempito, ci sono altri due parametri che devono essere configurati:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "**Mostra colonne di credito e debito**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Periodo di analisi**:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 +msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "Basato su intervalli di date (es. Profitti e perdite)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 +msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "Basato su una singola data (es. Bilancio)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +msgid "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "Basato su intervalli di date con colonne \"precedenti\" e \"totali\" e ultimi 3 mesi (ad esempio saldi dei partner scaduti)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "Base su intervalli di date e metodo di base di cassa (es. Rendiconto finanziario)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Aggiungi linee nei tuoi rapporti personalizzati" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +msgid "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a **sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "Dopo aver creato il rapporto, è necessario riempirlo di linee. Hanno tutti bisogno di un **nome**, un **codice** (che è usato per riferirsi alla linea), un **numero di sequenza** e un **livello** (utilizzato per il rendering della linea)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +msgid "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – separated by ;)" +msgstr "Nel campo **formule** puoi aggiungere una o più formule per assegnare un valore alla colonna del saldo (e alla colonna del debito e del credito se applicabile, separate da;)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "Hai diversi oggetti disponibili nella formula:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a date range)." +msgstr "`` Ndays``: il numero di giorni nel periodo selezionato (per i report con un intervallo di date)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +msgid "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "Un altro rapporto, a cui fa riferimento il suo codice. Usa `` .balance`` per ottenere il suo valore di bilanciamento (sono disponibili anche `` .credit``, `` .debit`` e `` .amount_residual``)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +msgid "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines by one of their columns." +msgstr "Una linea può anche essere basata sulla somma delle linee di spostamento dell'account su un dominio selezionato. In tal caso è necessario riempire il campo del dominio con un dominio Odoo sull'oggetto della linea di spostamento dell'account. Quindi un ulteriore oggetto è disponibile nel campo delle formule, ovvero `` sum``, la somma delle linee di spostamento dell'account nel dominio. Puoi anche utilizzare il gruppo per campo per raggruppare le linee di spostamento dell'account per una delle loro colonne." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Altri campi utili:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Tipo**: tipo del risultato della formula." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +msgid "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "**La crescita è positiva quando è positiva**: utilizzata per calcolare la colonna di confronto. Controlla se la crescita è buona (visualizzata in verde) o meno." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +msgid "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "**Special date changer**: se una riga specifica in un report non deve utilizzare le stesse date del resto del report." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +msgid "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable (``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "**Mostra dominio**: come viene visualizzato il dominio di una linea. Può essere pieghevole (`` predefinito``, nascosto all'inizio ma può essere spiegato), `` sempre`` (sempre visualizzato) o `` mai`` (mai mostrato)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ": Doc: `main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "Quali sono i rapporti principali disponibili?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all countries :" +msgstr "Oltre ai report creati in modo specifico in ogni modulo di localizzazione, sono disponibili alcuni **report generici** e **dinamici** molto utili per tutti i paesi:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "Bilancio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Profitti e perdite**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**Piano dei conti**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "SOMMARIO" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Libro mastro generale**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "**Pagamento anticipato**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Invariato da ricevere**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Rendiconto finanziario**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Rapporto fiscale**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Riconciliazione bancaria**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "È possibile annotare tutti i report per stamparli e riferire al proprio consulente. Esporta in xls per gestire analisi aggiuntive. Esaminare i report per visualizzare ulteriori dettagli (pagamenti, fatture, Voci Sezionale, ecc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "Puoi anche confrontare i valori con un altro periodo. Scegli quanti periodi vuoi confrontare con il periodo scelto. È possibile scegliere fino a 12 periodi precedenti dalla data del rapporto se non si desidera utilizzare l'opzione predefinita **1 precedente periodo**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Bilancio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "**Lo stato patrimoniale** mostra un'istantanea delle attività, delle passività e delle azioni della tua organizzazione in una determinata data." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Profitti e perdite" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report period." +msgstr "Il rapporto **Profitti e perdite** (o **Conto economico**) mostra il reddito netto della tua organizzazione, deducendo le spese dalle entrate per il periodo del rapporto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Piano dei conti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Un elenco di tutti i tuoi account raggruppati per classe." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Sintesi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "Il **Riepilogo esecutivo** consente di dare una rapida occhiata a tutte le cifre importanti necessarie per gestire la tua azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is reporting :" +msgstr "In termini molto semplici, questo è ciò che ciascuno degli articoli in questa sezione sta segnalando:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "{0}prestazione.{/0} {1} {/1}" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Margine di profitto lordo:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "Il contributo di ogni singola vendita effettuata dalla tua azienda meno i costi diretti necessari per effettuare tali vendite (cose come manodopera, materiali, ecc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Margine di profitto netto:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a result of those sales)." +msgstr "Il contributo di ogni singola vendita effettuata dalla tua azienda meno i costi diretti necessari per effettuare tali vendite, così come eventuali spese generali fisse della tua azienda (cose come affitto, elettricità, imposte che devi pagare come risultato di quelle vendite)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Return on investment (pa):**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." +msgstr "Il rapporto tra l'utile netto realizzato e l'ammontare delle attività che la società utilizzava per realizzare tali profitti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "Posizione:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Giorni medi del debitore:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "Il numero medio di giorni necessari ai tuoi clienti per pagarti (completamente), in tutte le fatture dei tuoi clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Giorni medi dei creditori:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across all your bills." +msgstr "Il numero medio di giorni necessari per pagare (completamente) i tuoi fornitori su tutte le tue fatture." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "**Previsione di cassa a breve termine:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "Quanto denaro è previsto all'interno o all'esterno della tua organizzazione nel mese successivo, ovvero il saldo del **Conto vendite** per il mese meno il saldo del tuo **Account acquisti** per il mese." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "**Attività correnti verso passività:**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "Indicato anche come **current ratio**, questo è il rapporto tra le attività correnti (attività che potrebbero essere convertite in denaro entro un anno) e le passività correnti (passività che saranno dovute nel prossimo anno). Questo è tipicamente usato come misura della capacità di un'azienda di servire il suo debito." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Libro mastro generale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "Il **Report libro mastro** mostra tutte le transazioni da tutti gli account per un intervallo di date scelto. Il rapporto di riepilogo iniziale mostra i totali per ciascun account e da lì è possibile visualizzare un rapporto dettagliato sulle transazioni o eventuali eccezioni. Questo rapporto è utile per controllare ogni transazione che si è verificata durante un certo periodo di tempo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Pagamento anticipato" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have gone unpaid." +msgstr "Esegui il rapporto **Dettagli pagamento settimanale** per visualizzare informazioni su singole fatture, note di credito e pagamenti in eccesso dovuti da te e per quanto tempo non sono stati pagati." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Invecchiabile" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "Il rapporto **Crediti scaduti** mostra le fatture di vendita che erano in attesa di pagamento durante un mese selezionato e diversi mesi prima." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Rendiconto finanziario" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "Il **Rendiconto finanziario** mostra come le variazioni nei conti di bilancio e nel reddito incidono sulle disponibilità liquide e mezzi equivalenti e riducono l'analisi alle attività operative, di investimento e di finanziamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Rapporto fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "Questo rapporto consente di visualizzare **gli importi** e **IVA** per tutte le imposte raggruppate per tipo (vendita / acquisto)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Imposte" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "Come gestire i prezzi per B2B (imposte escluse) e B2C (imposte incluse)?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "Quando si lavora con i consumatori, i prezzi sono generalmente espressi con le imposte incluse nel prezzo (ad es. Nella maggior parte dell'e-commerce). Tuttavia, quando lavori in un ambiente B2B, le aziende negoziano solitamente prezzi con imposte escluse." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): that's easy." +msgstr "Odoo gestisce facilmente entrambi i casi d'uso, purché i prezzi vengano registrati sul prodotto con le imposte escluse o incluse, ma non entrambe contemporaneamente. Se gestisci tutti i tuoi prezzi con le imposte incluse (o escluse) solo, puoi comunque effettuare facilmente l'ordine di vendita con un prezzo che ha le imposte escluse (o incluse): è facile." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "Questa documentazione è solo per il caso d'uso specifico in cui è necessario avere due riferimenti per il prezzo (IVA inclusa o esclusa), per lo stesso prodotto. La ragione della complessità è che non esiste una relazione simmetrica con i prezzi inclusi e i prezzi esclusi, come mostrato in questo caso d'uso, in Belgio con una tassa del 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Il tuo eCommerce ha un prodotto a **10 € (imposte incluse)**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Ciò farebbe **8,26 € (imposte escluse)** e una **tassa di 1,74 €**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "Ma per lo stesso caso d'uso, se si registra il prezzo senza imposte sul modulo prodotto (8,26 €), si ottiene un prezzo con imposte incluse a 9,99 €, perché:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8,26€ \\* 1,21 = 9,99 €**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding taxes:" +msgstr "Quindi, a seconda di come si registrano i prezzi sul modulo del prodotto, si avranno risultati diversi per il prezzo, comprese le imposte e il prezzo imposte escluse:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Imposte escluse: **8,26 € e 10,00 €**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Imposte incluse: **8,26 € e 9,99 €**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "Se acquisti 100 pezzi a 10 € imposte incluse, diventa ancora più difficile. Riceverai: **1000 € (imposte incluse) = 826,45 € (prezzo) + 173,55 € (imposte)** Il che è molto diverso da un prezzo per pezzo a 8,26 € imposte escluse." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product form within the same company." +msgstr "Questa documentazione spiega come gestire il caso d'uso molto specifico in cui è necessario gestire i due prezzi (imposte escluse e incluse) sul modulo del prodotto all'interno della stessa azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of 10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates, or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your salespeople." +msgstr "In termini di finanza, non hai più entrate che vendono il tuo prodotto a 10 € invece di 9,99 € (per una tassa del 21%), perché le tue entrate saranno esattamente le stesse a 9,99 €, solo la tassa è superiore di 0,01 €. Quindi, se gestisci un eCommerce in Belgio, fai un favore ai tuoi clienti e imposta il prezzo a 9,99 € anziché a 10 €. Si prega di notare che questo non si applica a 20 € o 30 €, o altre aliquote fiscali, o una quantità> 1. Potrai anche farti un favore, dal momento che puoi gestire tutte le imposte escluse, il che è meno incline agli errori e più facile per i tuoi venditori." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "Il modo migliore per evitare questa complessità è scegliere un solo modo di gestire i prezzi e attenervisi: prezzo senza imposte o prezzo con imposte incluse. Definire quale sia il valore predefinito memorizzato nel modulo del prodotto (sull'imposta predefinita relativa al prodotto) e lasciare che Odoo calcoli automaticamente l'altro, in base al prezzo di listino e alla posizione fiscale. Negozia i tuoi contratti con i clienti di conseguenza. Questo funziona perfettamente e non hai configurazioni specifiche da fare." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you must:" +msgstr "Se non è possibile farlo e se si negoziano realmente alcuni prezzi con imposte escluse e, per altri clienti, altri prezzi con imposte incluse, è necessario:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "archiviare sempre il prezzo di default TASSATO ESCLUSO sul modulo del prodotto e applicare una tassa (prezzo incluso nel modulo del prodotto)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "creare un listino prezzi con IVA INCLUSA, per clienti specifici" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "creare una posizione fiscale che modifichi l'imposta esclusa in una tassa inclusa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "assegnare sia il listino prezzi che la posizione fiscale ai clienti che vogliono beneficiare di questo listino prezzi e della posizione fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "Ai fini di questa documentazione, useremo il caso di utilizzo sopra riportato:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" +msgstr "il prezzo di vendita predefinito del prodotto è 8,26 € prezzo escluso" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce website" +msgstr "ma vogliamo venderlo a 10 €, prezzo incluso, nei nostri negozi o nel sito di eCommerce" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Impostazione dei tuoi prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application." +msgstr "La tua azienda deve essere configurata con il prezzo escluso per impostazione predefinita. Di solito è la configurazione di default, ma puoi controllare la **Imposta di vendita predefinita** dal menu: menu selection: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` dell'applicazione Contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices per customer segment**." +msgstr "Una volta terminato, puoi creare un listino prezzi **B2C**. È possibile attivare la funzione di listino prezzi per cliente dal menu:: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` dell'applicazione di vendita. Scegli l'opzione **prezzi diversi per segmento di clientela**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "Una volta terminato, crea un listino prezzi B2C dal menu: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Listino prezzi». È anche utile rinominare il listino prezzi predefinito in B2B per evitare confusione." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€, from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "Quindi, crea un prodotto a 8,26 €, con una tassa del 21% (definita come tassa non inclusa nel prezzo) e fissa un prezzo per questo prodotto per i clienti B2C a 10 €, da: menuelection: `Vendite -> Prodotti` menu dell'applicazione Sales:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Impostazione della posizione fiscale B2C" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax included in price)" +msgstr "Dall'applicazione di contabilità, creare una posizione fiscale B2C da questo menu:: menu selection: `Configuration -> Fiscal Positions`. Questa posizione fiscale dovrebbe mappare l'IVA al 21% (imposte escluse del prezzo) con l'IVA al 21% (imposte incluse nel prezzo)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Prova creando un preventivo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "Crea una quotazione dall'applicazione di vendita, utilizzando il: menuelezioni: menu 'Vendite -> Offerte'. Dovresti avere il seguente risultato: 8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9,99 €." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "Quindi, crea un preventivo ma **modifica il listino prezzi in B2C e la posizione fiscale in B2C** sull'offerta, prima di aggiungere il tuo prodotto. Dovresti avere il risultato previsto, che è un prezzo totale di 10 € per il cliente: 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10,00 €." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Questo è il comportamento previsto per un cliente del tuo negozio." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Evitare di cambiare ogni ordine di vendita" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer." +msgstr "Se si negozia un contratto con un cliente, sia che si negozi il prezzo incluso o il prezzo escluso, è possibile impostare il listino prezzi e la posizione fiscale sul modulo cliente in modo che venga applicato automaticamente ad ogni vendita di questo cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "Il listino prezzi è nella scheda **Vendite e acquisti** del modulo cliente e la posizione fiscale è nella scheda contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "Nota che questo è soggetto a errori: se imposti una posizione fiscale con imposte incluse nei prezzi ma usi un listino prezzi che non è incluso, potresti avere prezzi errati calcolati per te. Ecco perché di solito consigliamo alle aziende di lavorare solo con un riferimento di prezzo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "Come adattare le imposte allo stato o alla localizzazione del mio cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "Il più delle volte le aliquote di imposta sulle vendite dipendono dallo stato o dalla localizzazione del cliente. Per mappare le imposte, Odoo porta le cosiddette * Posizioni Fiscali *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "Crea mappatura fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and purchases." +msgstr "Una posizione fiscale è solo un insieme di regole che mappano le imposte predefinite (come definite sul modulo del prodotto) in altre imposte. Nello screenshot qui sotto, i clienti stranieri ricevono una tassa dello 0% invece del 15% predefinito, sia per le vendite che per gli acquisti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use cases. To define fiscal positions, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "Le principali posizioni fiscali vengono create automaticamente in base alla tua localizzazione. Ma potrebbe essere necessario creare posizioni fiscali per casi d'uso specifici. Per definire le posizioni fiscali, vai a: menuelezione: `Fatturazione / Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Posizioni Fiscali`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in foreign countries." +msgstr "Se utilizzi la Contabilità di Odoo, puoi anche mappare i conti Entrate / Spese in base alla posizione fiscale. Ad esempio, in alcuni paesi, i ricavi delle vendite non sono registrati nello stesso conto dei ricavi delle vendite all'estero." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "Adeguare le imposte allo stato del cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "Se un cliente cade in una regola di tassazione specifica, è necessario applicare una mappatura fiscale. Per fare ciò, crea una posizione fiscale e assegnala ai tuoi clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded for the customer." +msgstr "Odoo utilizzerà questa specifica posizione fiscale per qualsiasi ordine / fattura registrato per il cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the same customer." +msgstr "Se si imposta manualmente la posizione fiscale nell'ordine di vendita o nella fattura, questa verrà applicata solo a questo documento e non a ordini / fatture futuri dello stesso cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "Adeguare le imposte al tuo indirizzo cliente (basato sulla destinazione)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "A seconda della localizzazione, le imposte sulle vendite possono essere basate sull'origine o sulla destinazione. La maggior parte degli stati o dei paesi richiedono di riscuotere le imposte al tasso di destinazione (ad es. L'indirizzo del compratore), mentre altre richiedono il ritiro alla tariffa effettiva nel punto di origine (ad es. Ufficio o magazzino)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "Se si è sotto la regola di destinazione, creare una posizione fiscale per mappatura fiscale da applicare." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "Seleziona la casella * Rileva automaticamente *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "Seleziona un gruppo di paesi, un paese, uno stato o una città per attivare la mappatura delle imposte." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "In questo modo, se non è impostata alcuna posizione fiscale sul cliente, Odoo sceglierà la posizione fiscale corrispondente all'indirizzo di spedizione alla creazione di un ordine." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in his shipping address." +msgstr "Per gli ordini eCommerce, la tassa del carrello del visitatore si aggiorna automaticamente e applica la nuova tassa dopo che il visitatore ha effettuato l'accesso o ha inserito il suo indirizzo di spedizione." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "Casi d'uso specifici" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "Se, per alcune posizioni fiscali, desideri rimuovere una tassa, invece di sostituirla con un'altra, tieni semplicemente vuoto il campo * Tassa da applicare *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes, just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "Se, per alcune posizioni fiscali, si desidera sostituire una tassa con altre due imposte, è sufficiente creare due righe con la stessa * Imposta sul prodotto *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ": Doc: `create`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ": Doc: `taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr ": Doc: `tax_included`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ": Doc: `B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "Come gestire le imposte di base in contanti" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "Le imposte sulla base di cassa sono dovute al momento del pagamento e non alla convalida della fattura (come nel caso delle imposte standard). Segnalare le entrate e le uscite all'amministrazione in base al metodo della base di cassa è legale in alcuni paesi e in alcune condizioni." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the 2nd quarter." +msgstr "Esempio: vendi un prodotto nel 1 ° trimestre dell'anno fiscale e ricevi il pagamento il 2 ° trimestre dell'anno fiscale. In base al metodo della base di cassa, l'imposta che devi pagare all'amministrazione è dovuta per il 2 ° trimestre." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Come configurare le imposte di base in contanti?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "È necessario prima attivare l'impostazione in: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Impostazioni -> Consenti basi di cassa fiscale '. Ti verrà chiesto di definire il Journal Basis Tax Tax." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." +msgstr "Fatto ciò, è possibile configurare le imposte in: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Imposte '. Puoi aprire una tassa e nella scheda * Opzioni avanzate * vedrai la casella di controllo * Usa la base di cassa *. Dovrai quindi definire l'account * Tax Received *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Qual è l'impatto delle imposte sulla base dei contanti nella mia contabilità?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 +msgid "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in your accounting:" +msgstr "Facciamo un esempio. Fai una vendita di $ 100 con una tassa di base del 15% in contanti. Quando si convalida la fattura cliente, viene creata la seguente voce nella contabilità:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Sezionale fatture cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Crediti $ 115" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 +msgid "Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Conto Fiscale $ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Conto entrate $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Alcuni giorni dopo, ricevi il pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Banca ufficiale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banca" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 +msgid "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "Quando si riconcilia la fattura e il pagamento, questa voce viene generata:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Giornale di base di cassa fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Conto fiscale $ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +msgid "The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." +msgstr "Le due voci sezionale create nel Conto entrate sono neutre, ma sono necessarie per assicurare i report fiscali corretti in Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "Come creare nuove imposte" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes: value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured with the right taxes." +msgstr "Il motore fiscale di Odoo è molto flessibile e supporta molti diversi tipi di imposte: imposte sul valore aggiunto (IVA), imposte ecologiche, imposte federali / statali / cittadine, ritenuta, ritenuta d'acconto, ecc. Per la maggior parte dei paesi, il tuo sistema è preconfigurato con le giuste imposte" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "Questa sezione spiega come è possibile definire nuove imposte per casi d'uso specifici." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Imposte`. Da questo menu, ottieni tutte le imposte che puoi utilizzare: imposte di vendita e imposte di acquisto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "Scegli un ambito: Vendite, Acquisti o Nessuno (ad es. IVA)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "Seleziona un metodo di calcolo:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "**Risolto**: eco-imposte, ecc." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "**Percentuale del prezzo**: più comune (es. IVA del 15%)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "**Percentuale del prezzo IVA inclusa**: utilizzato in Brasile, ecc." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "**Gruppo di imposte**: consente di avere una tassa composta" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "Se utilizzi la Contabilità di Odoo, imposta un conto fiscale (ovvero dove verrà pubblicata la registrazione fiscale). Questo campo è facoltativo, se lo tieni vuoto, Odoo registra la scrittura fiscale nel conto entrate." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "Se si desidera evitare l'uso di una tassa, non è possibile eliminarlo perché la tassa è probabilmente utilizzata in più fatture. Pertanto, per evitare che gli utenti continuino a utilizzare questa imposta, è necessario impostare il campo * Scopo IVA * su * Nessuno *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module **account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python code." +msgstr "Se hai bisogno di un meccanismo fiscale più avanzato, puoi installare il modulo **account_tax_python** e sarai in grado di definire nuove imposte con il codice Python." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione avanzata" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 +#, python-format +msgid "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "**Etichetta su fatture**: un breve testo su come si desidera che questa imposta venga stampata sulla riga della fattura. Ad esempio, una tassa denominata \\ \"15% sui servizi \" può avere la seguente etichetta sulla fattura \\ \"15% \"." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "**Gruppo fiscale**: definisce dove questa imposta viene sommata nel footer della fattura. Tutte le imposte appartenenti allo stesso gruppo fiscale saranno raggruppate nel footer della fattura. Esempi di gruppo fiscale: IVA, Retention." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "**Includi nel costo analitico**: l'imposta viene conteggiata come costo e, pertanto, genera una voce analitica se la fattura utilizza conti analitici." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field empty." +msgstr "**Tag**: vengono utilizzati per report personalizzati. Di solito, puoi mantenere questo campo vuoto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ": Doc: `application`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "Come impostare le imposte di default" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most localizations." +msgstr "Le imposte applicate nel tuo Paese vengono installate automaticamente per la maggior parte delle localizzazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same country/state than you." +msgstr "Le imposte predefinite impostate negli ordini e nelle fatture provengono dalla scheda Fatturazione di ciascun prodotto. Tali imposte vengono utilizzate quando vendi a società che si trovano nello stesso paese / stato di te." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "Per modificare le imposte predefinite impostate per qualsiasi nuovo prodotto creato, vai a: menuelezione: `Fatturazione / Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Impostazioni`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "Se lavori in un ambiente multisocietà, le imposte di vendita e di acquisto potrebbero avere un valore diverso a seconda della società per cui lavori. Puoi accedere a due diverse società e modificare questo campo per ciascuna azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "Come gestire le ritenute d'acconto?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "Una ritenuta alla fonte, detta anche imposta di retention, è un requisito del governo per il pagatore di una fattura cliente di trattenere o detrarre le imposte dal pagamento e pagare tale imposta al governo. Nella maggior parte delle giurisdizioni, la ritenuta alla fonte si applica ai redditi da lavoro." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "Con le normali imposte, l'imposta viene aggiunta al subtotale per darti il ​​totale da pagare. A differenza delle normali imposte, le ritenute d'acconto vengono detratte dall'importo da pagare, poiché l'imposta sarà pagata dal cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Ad esempio, in Colombia potresti avere la seguente fattura:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the **government**." +msgstr "In questo esempio, la **società** che ha inviato la fattura deve $ 20 di imposte al **governo** e il **cliente** deve $ 10 di imposte al **governo**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "In Odoo, una ritenuta d'acconto viene definita creando un'imposta negativa. Per una trattenuta del 10%, devi configurare la seguente imposta (accessibile tramite: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Imposte`):" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** tab." +msgstr "Per fare in modo che appaia come una trattenuta sulla fattura, devi impostare un gruppo di imposte specifico **Ritenzione** sulla tua tassa, nella scheda **Opzioni avanzate**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or invoices." +msgstr "Una volta definita la tassa, è possibile utilizzarla nei tuoi prodotti, nell'ordine di vendita o nelle fatture." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group (normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "Se il mantenimento è una percentuale di un'imposta normale, crea una Imposta con **Calcolo delle imposte** come **Gruppo fiscale** e imposta le due imposte in questo gruppo (imposta normale e trattenuta)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Applicare le imposte di conservazione sulle fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice line." +msgstr "Una volta creata la tua tassa, puoi utilizzarla nei moduli cliente, nell'ordine di vendita o nelle fatture cliente. È possibile applicare più imposte su una singola riga di fattura cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the taxes." +msgstr "Quando vedi la fattura del cliente sullo schermo, ricevi solo una **linea di imposte** che riassume tutte le imposte (imposte e ritenute normali). Ma quando si stampa o si invia la fattura, Odoo esegue il raggruppamento corretto tra tutte le imposte." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "La fattura stampata mostrerà i diversi importi in ciascun gruppo fiscale." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "Come impostare i prezzi IVA inclusa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check *Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "Nella maggior parte dei paesi, i prezzi B2C sono comprensivi di imposte. Per farlo in Odoo, seleziona * Incluso nel prezzo * per ciascuna delle tue imposte di vendita in: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Contabilità -> Imposte`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the product form is $100." +msgstr "In questo modo il prezzo impostato sul modulo del prodotto include la tassa. Ad esempio, supponiamo di avere un prodotto con una tassa di vendita del 10%. Il prezzo di vendita sul modulo del prodotto è $ 100." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "Se la tassa non è inclusa nel prezzo, otterrai:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "Prezzo senza imposte: $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "Imposte" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "Totale da pagare: $ 110" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "Se la tassa è inclusa nel prezzo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "Prezzo senza imposte: 90,91" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "Imposte" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "Totale da pagare: $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "Puoi fare affidamento sulla seguente documentazione se hai bisogno sia di imposte incluse (B2C) che di imposte escluse (B2B):: doc: `B2B_B2C`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "Mostra i prezzi inclusi nel catalogo eCommerce" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included (B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax Display)." +msgstr "Per impostazione predefinita, i prezzi visualizzati nel catalogo eCommerce sono esclusi dall'IVA. Per visualizzarlo in imposte incluse, selezionare * Mostra subtotali linea con imposte incluse (B2C) * in: menu selection: `Vendite -> Configurazione -> Impostazioni` (Visualizzazione imposte)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" +msgstr "Come ottenere le aliquote fiscali corrette negli Stati Uniti grazie a TaxCloud" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "L'integrazione **TaxCloud** consente di calcolare l'imposta sulle vendite per ogni indirizzo negli Stati Uniti e tiene traccia di quali tipi di prodotto sono esenti dall'imposta sulle vendite e in quali stati si applica ogni esenzione. TaxCloud calcola l'imposta sulle vendite in tempo reale per ogni stato, città e giurisdizione speciale negli Stati Uniti." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In Tax Cloud" +msgstr "In Tax Cloud" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ website." +msgstr "Crea un account gratuito su `* TaxCloud * `__ sito web." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "Registra il tuo sito web su TaxCloud per ottenere un * ID API * e una * Chiave API *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "In Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." +msgstr "Vai a: menuelection: `Fatturazione / Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Impostazioni` e seleziona * Calcola automaticamente l'imposta sulle vendite usando TaxCloud *. Fare clic su * Applica *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Sempre in queste impostazioni, inserisci le tue credenziali TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 +msgid "Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific rates." +msgstr "Hit * Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC) * per importare le categorie di prodotti TIC da TaxCloud (Codici di informazioni di tassabilità). Alcune categorie possono comportare tariffe specifiche." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +msgid "Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." +msgstr "Imposta il codice * TIC predefinito * e le tariffe fiscali. Questo si applicherà a qualsiasi nuovo prodotto creato. È necessaria un'imposta di vendita predefinita per attivare il calcolo delle imposte." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 +msgid "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in *Sales* tab)." +msgstr "Per i prodotti di una categoria specifica, selezionalo nel suo modulo dettagli (nella scheda * Vendite *)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 +msgid "Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click *Configure your company data*." +msgstr "Assicurati che l'indirizzo della tua azienda sia ben definito (in particolare lo stato e il codice postale). Vai a: menuelezione: `Impostazioni -> Impostazioni generali` e fai clic su * Configura i tuoi dati aziendali *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Come funziona" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 +msgid "Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see :doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "L'assegnazione automatica delle imposte funziona grazie alle posizioni fiscali (vedi: doc: `applicazione`). Quando si installa * TaxCloud * viene creata una specifica posizione fiscale. Tutto funziona fuori dalla scatola." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 +msgid "This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated tax computation." +msgstr "Questa posizione fiscale è impostata su qualsiasi ordine di vendita, ordine web o fattura quando il paese del cliente è * Stati Uniti *. Questo sta facendo scattare il calcolo delle imposte automatizzato." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 +msgid "Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." +msgstr "Aggiungi un prodotto con una tassa di vendita predefinita. Odoo invierà automaticamente una richiesta a TaxCloud, otterrà la percentuale di imposta corretta in base alla posizione del cliente (stato e codice postale) e alla categoria di prodotto TIC, creerà una nuova aliquota se tale percentuale non esiste già nel sistema e la restituirà in la riga dell'articolo dell'ordine (ad esempio 7,0%)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" +msgstr "Come creare mappature fiscali specifiche utilizzando TaxCloud" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." +msgstr "Puoi creare diverse posizioni fiscali usando TaxCloud. Controlla * Usa TaxCloud API * per farlo. Tali posizioni fiscali possono essere assegnate ai clienti nella loro forma dettagliata per ottenerle di default ogni volta che ti comprano qualcosa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" +msgstr ": Doc: `default_taxes`" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Iniziare" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "Come configurare la contabilità in odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the different screens you will need." +msgstr "L'applicazione di Contabilità di Odoo ha una guida all'implementazione che è necessario seguire per configurarla. È una procedura guidata passo passo con collegamenti ai diversi schermi di cui avrai bisogno." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Once you have `installed the Accounting application `__, you should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "Dopo aver `installato l'applicazione di contabilità `__, è necessario fare clic sulla barra di avanzamento in alto a destra per accedere alla guida all'implementazione." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "La guida all'implementazione ti aiuterà attraverso i seguenti passaggi:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "Completando le impostazioni della tua azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "Entrando nei tuoi conti bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "Selezionando il piano dei conti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "Confermando le solite aliquote fiscali" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "Impostando le valute estere" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "Importare i tuoi clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "Importare i tuoi fornitori" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "Importare i tuoi prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "Importare le tue transazioni in sospeso" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "Importare i tuoi bilanci iniziali" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "Definire gli utenti per la contabilità" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "Una volta che hai fatto un passo, puoi fare clic sul pulsante \"Segna come fatto\", nella parte inferiore dello schermo. In questo modo, puoi tenere traccia dell'avanzamento della configurazione generale di Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Concetti principali" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "La contabilità dietro Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and transactions." +msgstr "Questa pagina riassume il modo in cui Odoo si occupa di conti e transazioni tipiche." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "Contabilità in partita doppia" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "Odoo crea automaticamente tutte le registrazioni sezionale dietro le quinte per ciascuna delle tue transazioni contabili: fatture clienti, ordini di punti vendita, spese, movimenti di inventario, ecc." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "Odoo utilizza le regole del sistema di contabilità a partita doppia: tutte le registrazioni sezionale sono automaticamente bilanciate (somma di debiti = somma dei crediti)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +msgid "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `__" +msgstr "`Comprendere le transazioni contabili di Odoo per documento `__" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "Criteri di cassa e per competenza" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "Odoo supporta sia la contabilità per competenza che per cassa. Ciò consente di registrare entrate / uscite nel momento in cui le transazioni avvengono (ad esempio, base di competenza) o quando il pagamento viene effettuato o ricevuto (ad esempio, base di cassa)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-aziende" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "Odoo consente di gestire diverse società all'interno dello stesso database. Ogni azienda ha il proprio schema di conti e regole. È possibile ottenere rapporti di consolidamento seguendo le regole di consolidamento." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "Gli utenti possono accedere a diverse aziende ma lavorano sempre in una società alla volta." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "Multi-valute" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "Ogni transazione è registrata nella valuta predefinita della società. Per le transazioni che si verificano in un'altra valuta, Odoo memorizza sia il valore nella valuta della società sia il valore nella valuta della transazione. Odoo può generare guadagni e perdite di valute dopo la riconciliazione delle voci sezionale." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "I tassi di cambio vengono aggiornati una volta al giorno utilizzando un servizio web online yahoo.com." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "Standard internazionali" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "la Contabilità di Odoo supporta più di 50 paesi. La contabilità principale Odoo implementa standard contabili comuni a tutti i paesi e moduli specifici per paese per le specificità del paese come il piano dei conti, le imposte o le interfacce bancarie." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "In particolare, il motore di contabilità principale di Odoo supporta:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "Contabilità anglosassone (Stati Uniti, Regno Unito e altri paesi di lingua inglese tra cui Irlanda, Canada, Australia e Nuova Zelanda) in cui vengono registrati i costi di vendita venduti quando i prodotti sono venduti / consegnati." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "Contabilità europea in cui le spese sono contabilizzate sulla fattura del fornitore." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 +msgid "Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit instead of a reverting the original journal items." +msgstr "Contabilità di Storno (Italia) dove le fatture di rimborso hanno un credito / debito negativo invece di un ripristino registrazioni originali." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "Odoo ha anche moduli per conformarsi alle regole IFRS." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "Contabilità e pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "Per impostazione predefinita, Odoo utilizza un unico account per tutte le voci di contabilità clienti e una per tutte le voci di contabilità fornitori. È possibile creare account separati per clienti / fornitori, ma non è necessario." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "Poiché le transazioni sono associate a clienti o fornitori, si ottengono report per eseguire analisi per cliente / fornitore come ad esempio la dichiarazione del cliente, i ricavi per cliente, i crediti / debiti anziani, ..." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "Ampia gamma di rapporti finanziari" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" +msgstr "In Odoo, puoi generare report finanziari in tempo reale. I rapporti di Odoo vanno dai rapporti contabili di base ai rapporti di gestione avanzati. I rapporti di Odoo includono:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "Rapporti sul rendimento (come conto economico, Budget Variance)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "Rapporti di posizione (come stato patrimoniale, debiti scaduti, crediti scaduti)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "Report di cassa (come il riepilogo bancario)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "Report dettagliati (come Bilancino e Libro Mastro generale)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "Rapporti di gestione (come budget, riepilogo esecutivo)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." +msgstr "Il motore di report di Odoo ti consente di personalizzare il tuo report in base alle tue formule." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "Importa automaticamente i feed bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "La riconciliazione bancaria è un processo che corrisponde alle righe del tuo estratto conto bancario, come fornito dalla banca, alle tue transazioni contabili nella contabilità generale. Odoo semplifica la riconciliazione bancaria importando frequentemente linee di estratti conto bancari dalla tua banca direttamente nel tuo account Odoo. Ciò significa che puoi avere una visione giornaliera del tuo flusso di cassa senza dover accedere al tuo banking online o aspettare i tuoi estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." +msgstr "Odoo accelera la riconciliazione bancaria facendo corrispondere la maggior parte delle tue linee di conto bancario importate alle tue transazioni contabili. Odoo ricorda anche come hai trattato altre righe di estratti conto bancari e fornisce transazioni di contabilità generale suggerite." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "Calcola le imposte dovute all'erario" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "Odoo somma tutte le tue transazioni contabili per il tuo periodo fiscale e utilizza questi totali per calcolare il tuo obbligo fiscale. È quindi possibile controllare l'imposta sulle vendite eseguendo il report fiscale di Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valutazione dell'inventario" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "Odoo supporta valutazioni di inventario periodiche (manuali) e perpetue (automatizzate). I metodi disponibili sono prezzo standard, prezzo medio, LIFO (per i paesi che lo consentono) e FIFO." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +msgid "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions `__" +msgstr "`Osserva l'impatto del metodo di valutazione sulle tue transazioni `__" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "Guadagni facili da conservare" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +msgid "Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "I guadagni trattenuti rappresentano la porzione di reddito trattenuta dalla tua attività. Odoo calcola automaticamente i tuoi guadagni in corso in tempo reale, quindi non è richiesto alcun sezionale o rollover di fine anno. Questo viene calcolato riportando automaticamente il bilancio profitti e perdite nel report del bilancio." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "Introduzione alla Contabilità di Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "Trascrizione" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo is accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st century." +msgstr "Odoo è un software di contabilità progettato per le esigenze del 21esimo secolo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." +msgstr "Odoo si collega direttamente alla tua banca o al tuo account paypal. Le transazioni sono sincronizzate ogni ora e la riconciliazione è rapida. È come una magia." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +msgid "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print them." +msgstr "Crea istantaneamente fatture e inviale con un semplice clic. Non c'è bisogno di stamparle." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." +msgstr "Odoo può inviarli per e-mail o posta ordinaria." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." +msgstr "I tuoi clienti pagano online, il che significa che ottieni subito i tuoi soldi." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, inventory and subscriptions." +msgstr "La Contabilità di Odoo è collegata a tutte le nostre app Odoo come vendita, acquisto, inventario e abbonamenti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +msgid "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." +msgstr "In questo modo, la registrazione delle fatture dei fornitori è anche super veloce. Imposta un venditore, seleziona l'ordine d'acquisto e Odoo riempie tutto automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +msgid "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." +msgstr "Quindi, è sufficiente utilizzare il protocollo SEPA o stampare assegni per pagare i fornitori in gruppo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." +msgstr "È così facile con Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +msgid "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." +msgstr "Aspetta, c'è di più. Amerai i rapporti Odoo. Dalle dichiarazioni legali ai riepiloghi esecutivi, sono veloci e dinamici. Utilizza la funzionalità di business intelligence di Odoo per navigare tra tutti i dati della tua azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +msgid "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the go." +msgstr "Ovviamente anche Odoo è mobile. Puoi usarlo per controllare i tuoi conti mentre sei in giro." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." +msgstr "Prova Odoo ora e unisciti a 2 milioni di utenti felici." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "Il rapporto **Profitti e perdite** (P & L) mostra le prestazioni della società in un determinato periodo (di solito l'anno corrente)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods sold." +msgstr "Il **Profitto lordo** è pari ai ricavi delle vendite meno il costo dei beni venduti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "**Le spese operative** (OPEX) comprendono gli stipendi di amministrazione, vendite e R & S, nonché i canoni di locazione e le utenze, i costi vari, le assicurazioni, ecc., Oltre ai costi dei prodotti venduti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "Il **Bilancio** è un'istantanea delle finanze della società in una data specifica (al contrario del conto economico che è un'analisi su un periodo)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "**I beni** rappresentano la ricchezza dell'azienda, le cose che possiede. Le immobilizzazioni includono edifici e uffici, le attività correnti includono conti bancari e denaro. Un cliente che ha dei soldi è un vantaggio. Un dipendente non è una risorsa." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "**Le passività** sono obbligazioni derivanti da eventi passati che la società dovrà pagare in futuro (utenze, debiti, fornitori non pagati)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "**Patrimonio netto** è l'ammontare dei fondi conferiti dai proprietari (fondatori o azionisti) più gli utili (o le perdite) precedentemente trattenuti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "Ogni anno, gli utili (o le perdite) netti sono registrati come utili non distribuiti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse (liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "Ciò che è posseduto (un bene) è stato finanziato attraverso debiti da rimborsare (passività) o capitale (profitti, capitale)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "Viene fatta una differenza tra l'acquisto di un bene (ad es. Un edificio) e le spese (ad esempio il carburante). Le attività hanno un valore intrinseco nel tempo, rispetto alle spese che hanno un valore in esse consumate per l'azienda a \"lavoro\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "Attività = Passività + Capitale" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Piano dei conti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment, an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to an other account (debit)." +msgstr "Il **piano dei conti** elenca tutti i conti, sia che si tratti di conti di bilancio o di conti economici. Ogni transazione finanziaria (ad esempio un pagamento, una fattura) influisce sui conti spostando il valore da un conto (credito) a un altro account (debito)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "Saldo = Debito - Credito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "Registrazioni Sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, impacting several accounts." +msgstr "Ogni documento finanziario della società (ad esempio una fattura, un estratto conto bancario, una busta paga, un contratto di aumento di capitale) viene registrato come una registrazione contabile, con impatto su diversi conti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "Affinché una registrazione contabile sia *bilanciata*, la somma di tutti i suoi debiti deve essere uguale alla somma di tutti i suoi crediti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "esempi di voci contabili per varie transazioni. Esempio:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "Esempio 1: Fattura cliente:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "SPIEGAZIONE" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "Genererai un guadagno di $ 1.000" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "Hai una tassa da pagare di $ 90" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "Il cliente deve $ 1,090" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "Entrate: definite sul prodotto o sulla categoria di prodotto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "Crediti: definiti sul cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "Imposta: definita sull'imposta impostata sulla riga della fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "La posizione fiscale utilizzata nella fattura può avere una regola che sostituisce il Conto Entrate o la tassa definita sul prodotto con un'altra." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "Esempio 2: Pagamento del cliente:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "Il tuo cliente deve $ 1,090 in meno" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "Ricevi $ 1,090 sul tuo conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "Conto bancario: definito sul relativo sezionale bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Riconciliazione" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "La riconciliazione è il processo di collegamento delle registrazioni di un conto specifico, facendo corrispondere crediti e debiti." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "Il suo scopo principale è quello di collegare i pagamenti alle relative fatture per contrassegnare le fatture pagate e cancellare la dichiarazione del cliente. Ciò avviene facendo una riconciliazione sull'account * Contabilità clienti *." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "Una fattura viene contrassegnata come pagata quando le sue registrazioni di credito sono riconciliate con le registrazioni di pagamento correlate." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "La riconciliazione viene eseguita automaticamente dal sistema quando:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "il pagamento è registrato direttamente sulla fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank matching process" +msgstr "i collegamenti tra i pagamenti e le fatture vengono rilevati nel processo di abbinamento delle banche" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "Esempio di dichiarazione del cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "fatture?" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Debito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Credito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "Fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "PAGAMENTO" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "Fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "PAGAMENTO" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "PAGAMENTO" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "Fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "Totale da pagare" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "La riconciliazione bancaria è l'abbinamento delle righe di conto bancario (fornite dalla tua banca) con transazioni registrate internamente (pagamenti a fornitori o da clienti). Per ogni riga di un estratto conto, può essere:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "abbinato a un pagamento precedentemente registrato:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "un pagamento viene registrato quando viene ricevuto un assegno da un cliente, quindi abbinato al controllo dell'estratto conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "registrato come nuovo pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled ` with the related invoice when processing the bank statement" +msgstr "la registrazione del pagamento viene creata e :ref:`reconciled ` con la relativa fattura durante l'elaborazione dell'estratto conto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "registrato come un'altra transazione:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "bonifico bancario, addebito diretto, ecc." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's balance." +msgstr "Odoo dovrebbe riconciliare automaticamente la maggior parte delle transazioni, solo alcune dovrebbero aver bisogno di una revisione manuale. Quando il processo di riconciliazione bancaria è terminato, il saldo sul conto bancario in Odoo deve corrispondere al saldo del conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "Controlla la gestione" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "Esistono due approcci per gestire gli assegni e il bonifico interno:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "Due registrazioni sezionale e una riconciliazione" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "Una registrazione sezionale e una riconciliazione bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "La prima registrazione sezionale viene creata registrando il pagamento sulla fattura. Il secondo viene creato quando si registra l'estratto conto." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Account" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "Account ricevibile" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "Fattura ABC" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "Fondi non depositati" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "Verifica" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Banca" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing journal entry." +msgstr "Una registrazione sezionale viene creata registrando il pagamento sulla fattura. Durante la riconciliazione dell'estratto conto, la riga dell'istruzione è collegata alla voce di giornale esistente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Estratto conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "Dichiarazione XYZ" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Accounting Terminologies" +msgstr "Terminologie contabili" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "Journal" +msgstr "Sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." +msgstr "Un sezionale è come una cartella in cui si registrano tutte le transazioni dello stesso tipo: tutte le dichiarazioni di un conto bancario, tutte le fatture dei clienti, tutte le fatture del fornitore. È usato per organizzare transazioni simili insieme." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 +msgid "Payment Terms" +msgstr "Termini di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 +msgid "Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in two months." +msgstr "I termini di pagamento descrivono come e quando una fattura cliente (o fattura fornitore) deve essere pagata nel tempo. Esempio: pagamento diretto del 30%, saldo dovuto in due mesi." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your records in Odoo say the same thing." +msgstr "La riconciliazione bancaria è il processo di corrispondenza delle transazioni dei tuoi record bancari con articoli di giornale esistenti o creazione di nuovi elementi di giornale al volo. È un processo di verifica per garantire che la tua banca e i tuoi record in Odoo diano la stessa opinione." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 +msgid "Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts." +msgstr "La riconciliazione degli elementi del sezionale è il processo di collegamento di più articoli del sezionale insieme come una fattura e un pagamento. Ciò consente di contrassegnare le fatture come pagate. È anche utile quando si confrontano i valori dei conti \"merce ricevuta non fatturata\" e \"merce spedita non fatturata\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "Deposit Ticket" +msgstr "Biglietto di deposito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per deposit." +msgstr "I biglietti di deposito raggruppano più ordini di pagamento (di solito assegni) che vengono depositati contemporaneamente presso la banca. Ciò consente una facile riconciliazione con la riga dell'estratto conto se la linea ha una riga per deposito." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "Journal Entry" +msgstr "Registrazione sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 +msgid "A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be valid." +msgstr "Una registrazione sezionale è una transazione contabile, solitamente relativa a un documento finanziario: fattura, pagamento, ricevuta, ecc. Una registrazione sezionale consiste sempre di almeno due righe, descritte qui come voci di giornale, quali conti specifici di credito o debito. La somma dei crediti di tutti gli elementi del sezionale di una registrazione sezionale deve essere uguale alla somma dei loro debiti affinché la voce sia valida." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 +msgid "Journal Item" +msgstr "Voce sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 +msgid "A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a specific account." +msgstr "Una riga di una voce di sezionale, con un debito o credito monetario associato a un account specifico." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 +msgid "Analytic Accounts" +msgstr "Conti analitici" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the purpose of reporting or analysis." +msgstr "A volte chiamati **Account di costo**, sono account che non fanno parte del piano dei conti e che consentono di tenere traccia dei costi e dei ricavi. I conti analitici sono generalmente raggruppati per progetti, dipartimenti, ecc. Per l'analisi delle spese di un'azienda. Ogni elemento del sezionale viene registrato in un account normale nel piano del conto e può essere registrato su un account analitico a scopo di report o analisi." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 +msgid "Analytic Entries" +msgstr "Voci analitiche" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 +msgid "Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal entries." +msgstr "Costi o ricavi registrati su conti analitici, in genere correlati a Registrazioni Sezionale." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 +msgid "Sales Receipt" +msgstr "Ricevuta di vendita" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73 +msgid "A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in a store." +msgstr "Una ricevuta o altro foglio di carta emesso da un negozio o altro fornitore che descrive i dettagli di un acquisto (importo, data, dipartimento, ecc.). Le ricevute di vendita vengono solitamente utilizzate al posto delle fatture se la vendita viene pagata in contanti in un negozio." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation / amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital equipment, vehicles, and real estate." +msgstr "Proprietà di proprietà dell'azienda, di solito con una vita utile superiore a un periodo di riferimento. Odoo Asset management viene utilizzato per gestire il deprezzamento / ammortamento della risorsa nel tempo. Esempi tipici sarebbero attrezzature di capitale, veicoli e proprietà immobiliari." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Ricavi differiti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 +msgid "Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at the end." +msgstr "Sono utilizzati per riconoscere i ricavi per le vendite di servizi che vengono forniti per un lungo periodo di tempo. Se vendi un contratto di manutenzione di 3 anni, puoi utilizzare il meccanismo delle entrate posticipate per riconoscere 1/36 delle entrate ogni mese fino alla scadenza del contratto, anziché prendere tutto inizialmente o alla fine." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 +msgid "Fiscal Position" +msgstr "Posizione fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 +msgid "Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government, construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected according to the products they buy." +msgstr "Definire le imposte che dovrebbero essere applicate per uno specifico cliente / fornitore o fattura. Esempio: se alcuni clienti beneficiano di imposte specifiche (governo, imprese di costruzione, società europee soggette a IVA, ...), è possibile assegnare loro una posizione fiscale e l'imposta corretta verrà selezionata in base ai prodotti acquistati." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "Panoramica del processo" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" +msgstr "Dalla fatturazione alla riscossione dei pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "Odoo supporta più flussi di lavoro di fatturazione e pagamento, quindi puoi scegliere e utilizzare quelli che corrispondono alle tue esigenze aziendali. Che tu voglia accettare un pagamento unico per una singola fattura o elaborare un pagamento che copre più fatture e ottenere sconti per i pagamenti anticipati, puoi farlo in modo efficiente e accurato." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Dalla bozza di fattura a profitti e perdite" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet report." +msgstr "Se ritiriamo alla fine di un tipico scenario di \"ordine in contanti\", dopo che le merci sono state spedite, emetterete: emettete una fattura; ricevere un pagamento; depositare tale pagamento in banca; assicurarsi che la fattura cliente sia chiusa; follow-up se i clienti sono in ritardo; e infine presentare il tuo reddito nel rapporto Conto Economico e mostrare la diminuzione delle attività nel bilancio." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "La fatturazione nella maggior parte dei paesi avviene quando viene soddisfatto un obbligo contrattuale. Se spedisci una scatola a un cliente, hai rispettato i termini del contratto e puoi fatturarli. Se il fornitore ti invia una spedizione, ha rispettato i termini del contratto e può fatturarti. Pertanto, i termini del contratto sono soddisfatti quando la scatola si sposta verso o dal camion. A questo punto, Odoo supporta la creazione di quella che viene chiamata una bozza di fattura per il personale del magazzino." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Creazione di fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice directly if you would like." +msgstr "Le bozze di fatture possono essere generate manualmente da altri documenti come ordini di vendita, ordini di acquisto, ecc. Sebbene tu possa creare direttamente una bozza di fattura se lo desideri." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely and precise manner." +msgstr "Una fattura deve essere fornita al cliente con le informazioni necessarie affinché possano pagare i beni e i servizi ordinati e consegnati. Deve inoltre includere altre informazioni necessarie per pagare la fattura in modo tempestivo e preciso." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "Bozze fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. While these invoices" +msgstr "Il sistema genera una fattura inizialmente impostata sullo stato Draft. Mentre queste fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "rimangono non validati, non hanno alcun impatto contabile all'interno del sistema. Non c'è nulla che impedisca agli utenti di creare le proprie bozze di fatture." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "Creiamo una fattura cliente con le seguenti informazioni:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "Cliente: Agrolait" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "Prodotto: iMac" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "Quantità: 1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "Prezzo Unitario: 100" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "Imposte: Tassa del 15%" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "Il documento è composto da tre parti:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "la parte superiore della fattura, con le informazioni del cliente," + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "il corpo principale della fattura, con linee di fatturazione dettagliate," + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "il fondo della pagina, con dettagli sulle imposte e i totali." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "Fatture aperte o proforma" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any tax information." +msgstr "Una fattura di solito include la quantità e il prezzo dei beni e / o servizi, la data, le parti interessate, il numero di fattura univoco e qualsiasi informazione fiscale." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "\"Convalida\" la fattura quando sei pronto ad approvarla. La fattura quindi passa dallo stato Bozza allo stato Aperto." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "Dopo aver convalidato una fattura, Odoo fornisce un numero univoco da una sequenza definita e modificabile." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "Le voci contabili corrispondenti a questa fattura vengono generate automaticamente quando si convalida la fattura. È possibile visualizzare i dettagli facendo clic sulla voce nel campo Inserimento prima nota nella scheda \"Altre informazioni\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "Invia la fattura al cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "Dopo aver convalidato la fattura del cliente, è possibile inviarla direttamente al cliente tramite la funzionalità \"Invia tramite e-mail\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as follows:" +msgstr "Una tipica registrazione sezionale generata da una fattura convalidata avrà il seguente aspetto:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "Partner" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "Scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "Agrolait" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "2015/01/07" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendite" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have entered the payment." +msgstr "In Odoo, una fattura viene considerata pagata quando la voce contabile associata è stata riconciliata con le voci di pagamento. Se non c'è stata una riconciliazione, la fattura rimarrà nello stato Aperto fino a quando non avrai inserito il pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "Una tipica registrazione sezionale generata da un pagamento avrà il seguente aspetto:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "Ricevi un pagamento parziale tramite l'estratto conto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to your accounting localisation." +msgstr "Puoi inserire manualmente i tuoi estratti conto in Odoo, oppure puoi importarli da un file csv o da diversi altri formati predefiniti in base alla tua localizzazione contabile." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "Crea un estratto conto dal cruscotto contabile con il relativo giornale e inserisci un importo di $ 100." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "Riconciliare" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "Ora riconciliamo!" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "Ora puoi esaminare tutte le transazioni e riconciliarle oppure puoi riconciliarti in massa con le istruzioni in basso." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile them to pay this invoice.\"" +msgstr "Dopo aver riconciliato gli articoli nel foglio, verrà visualizzata la relativa fattura \"Hai pagamenti in sospeso per questo cliente. Puoi riconciliarli per pagare questa fattura.\"" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the invoice." +msgstr "Applica il pagamento Sotto, puoi vedere che il pagamento è stato aggiunto alla fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "Follow-up dei pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it faster." +msgstr "C'è una crescente tendenza dei clienti a pagare le fattura più tardi. Pertanto, i riscossori devono fare ogni sforzo per raccogliere denaro e raccoglierlo più velocemente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "Odoo ti aiuterà a definire la tua strategia di follow-up. Per ricordare ai clienti di pagare le loro fatture in sospeso, è possibile definire azioni diverse a seconda di quanto sia gravemente in ritardo il cliente. Queste azioni sono raggruppate in livelli di follow-up che vengono attivati ​​quando la data di scadenza di una fattura ha superato un certo numero di giorni. Se ci sono altre fatture scadute per lo stesso cliente, verranno eseguite le azioni della fattura più scaduta." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "Accedendo al record del cliente e immergendosi nel \\ \"Pagamenti scaduti \" vedrai il messaggio di follow-up e tutte le fatture scadute." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "Rapporto sulla maturazione dei crediti:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "Il rapporto sulla maturazione dei crediti sarà uno strumento chiave aggiuntivo per il riscossore per comprendere le questioni relative al credito dei clienti e per dare la priorità al loro lavoro." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your collection efforts." +msgstr "Utilizza il rapporto sull'invecchiamento per determinare quali clienti sono in ritardo e iniziare i tuoi sforzi di raccolta." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Profitti e perdite" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "La dichiarazione di profitti e perdite mostra i tuoi dettagli di entrate e spese. In definitiva, questo ti dà una chiara immagine del tuo profitto netto e perdita. A volte viene chiamato \"Conto economico\" o \"Dichiarazione di entrate e spese\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Bilancio" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and equity at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "Lo stato patrimoniale riepiloga le passività, le attività e il patrimonio della vostra azienda in un momento specifico." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "Ad esempio, se gestisci il tuo inventario utilizzando il metodo di contabilità perpetua, dovresti aspettarti una diminuzione nell'account \\ \"Attività correnti \" una volta che il materiale è stato spedito al cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" +msgstr "Da fatture fornitore a pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your aged payable balances." +msgstr "Una volta che le fatture del venditore sono state registrate in Odoo, puoi facilmente pagare i venditori per l'importo corretto e al momento giusto (non troppo tardi, non troppo presto, a seconda della politica del fornitore). Odoo offre anche rapporti per tenere traccia dei saldi di vecchiaia pagabili." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "Se si desidera controllare le fatture dei fornitori ricevute dai fornitori, è possibile utilizzare l'applicazione Acquisto Odoo che consente di controllare e pre-completare automaticamente in base agli ordini di acquisto passati." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "Dalla fattura del venditore al pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "Registra una nuova fattura fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting dashboard." +msgstr "Quando viene ricevuta una fattura fornitore, è possibile registrarla da: menu selection: `Acquisti -> Fatture fornitore 'nell'applicazione Contabilità. Come scorciatoia, puoi anche utilizzare la funzione **Nuova bolletta** nella dashboard della contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "Per registrare una nuova fattura fornitore, iniziare selezionando un fornitore e inserendo la fattura come **Riferimento fornitore**, quindi aggiungere e confermare le linee di prodotto, assicurandosi di disporre delle giuste quantità, imposte e prezzi del prodotto." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "Salva la fattura per aggiornare gli importi pre-imposte e imposte nella parte inferiore dello schermo. Molto probabilmente dovrai configurare i prezzi dei tuoi prodotti senza imposte poiché Odoo calcolerà la tassa per te." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "Nell'angolo in basso a sinistra, Odoo mostra una tabella riassuntiva di tutte le imposte sulla fattura del venditore. In diversi paesi, sono accettati diversi metodi per arrotondare i totali (arrotondamento per linea o round globalmente). Il metodo di arrotondamento predefinito in Odoo consiste nell'arrotondare i prezzi finali per riga (poiché potresti avere imposte diverse per prodotto, ad esempio alcol e sigarette). Tuttavia, se il venditore ha un importo di imposta diverso sulla fattura, è possibile modificare l'importo nella tabella in basso a sinistra per regolare e abbinare." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Convalida la fattura del venditore" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "Una volta convalidata la fattura del venditore, verrà generata una registrazione sezionale in base alla configurazione della fattura. Questa registrazione sezionale potrebbe differire in base al pacchetto contabile che si sceglie di utilizzare." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" +msgstr "Per la maggior parte dei paesi europei, la voce sezionale utilizzerà i seguenti account:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "**Conto di debito:** definita nella cheda del fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "**Imposte:** definite sui prodotti e per riga" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "**Spese:** definite sul prodotto utilizzato" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" +msgstr "Per la contabilità anglosassone (USA), la registrazione sezionale utilizzerà i seguenti account:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "**Merci ricevute:** definite nella scheda del prodotto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "È possibile controllare i report di Profit & Loss o di Bilancio dopo aver convalidato un paio di fatture del fornitore per vedere l'impatto sulla contabilità generale." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "Pagare un conto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on **Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "Per creare direttamente un pagamento per una fattura fornitore aperta, puoi fare clic su **Registra un pagamento** nella parte superiore del modulo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it correctly)." +msgstr "Da lì, si seleziona il metodo di pagamento (es. Conto corrente, carta di credito, assegno, ecc.) E l'importo che si desidera pagare. Per impostazione predefinita, Odoo proporrà l'intero saldo rimanente sulla fattura per il pagamento. Nel campo della nota, ti consigliamo di impostare il numero della fattura del fornitore come riferimento (Odoo riempirà automaticamente questo campo dalla fattura del venditore se impostato correttamente)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with directly." +msgstr "È anche possibile registrare un pagamento direttamente a un fornitore senza applicarlo a una fattura del fornitore. Per farlo,: menuelezione: `Acquisti -> Pagamenti`. Quindi, dalla fattura del venditore sarà possibile riconciliare questo pagamento con direttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "Stampa degli assegni per il fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in checks in batches." +msgstr "Se si sceglie di pagare le fatture del fornitore tramite assegno, Odoo offre un metodo per farlo direttamente dai pagamenti dei fornitori all'interno di Odoo. Se lo fai quotidianamente o preferisci farlo alla fine della settimana, puoi stampare gli assegni in gruppi." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "Se hai gli assegni da stampare, la dashboard di contabilità di Odoo funge da elenco e ti ricorda quanti assegni hai lasciato per essere stampati." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "Selezionando la quantità di assegni da stampare, è possibile immergersi direttamente in un elenco di tutti i pagamenti che sono pronti per essere elaborati." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at once." +msgstr "Seleziona tutti gli assegni che desideri stampare (usa la prima casella per selezionarli tutti) e imposta l'azione su **Stampa assegni**. Odoo ti chiederà di impostare il prossimo numero di controllo nella sequenza e stamperà tutti gli assegni in una sola volta." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "Saldo debiti maturati" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "Per ottenere un elenco delle fatture aperte del venditore e delle relative scadenze correlate, puoi utilizzare il rapporto **Debiti maturati**, nel menu dei rapporti, (in: menuelection: `Reporting -> Business Statement -> Aged payable `) per ottenere una visualizzazione di tutte le fatture in sospeso." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly what you see on the screen." +msgstr "Da qui, è possibile fare clic direttamente sul nome di un fornitore per aprire i dettagli di tutte le fatture in sospeso e gli importi dovuti, oppure è possibile annotare qualsiasi riga per le informazioni sulla gestione. In qualsiasi momento mentre stai guardando il rapporto, puoi stampare direttamente su Excel o PDF e ottenere esattamente ciò che vedi sullo schermo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "Debiti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Misc" +msgstr "Varie" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "Come tenere traccia delle spese dei dipendenti?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered most frequently are:" +msgstr "Le spese per i dipendenti sono spese sostenute per conto della società. La società rimborsa tali spese al dipendente. Le ricevute incontrate più frequentemente sono:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "viaggio in auto, rimborsato per unità di distanza (miglio o chilometro)," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "spese di soggiorno, rimborsate in base al conto," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but carried out by the employee." +msgstr "altri acquisti, come cancelleria e libri, destinati alla società ma eseguiti dal dipendente." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application from the Apps module." +msgstr "Per gestire le spese, è necessario installare l'applicazione **Expense Tracker** dal modulo Apps." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "Dovrai inoltre installare il modulo **Gestione vendite** per fatturare nuovamente le spese ai tuoi clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "Once these applications are installed you can configure the different products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "Una volta installate queste applicazioni, è possibile configurare i diversi prodotti che rappresentano i tipi di spese. Per creare i primi prodotti, vai al menu: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Prodotti di spesa 'nell'applicazione **Spese**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "Alcuni esempi di prodotti possono essere:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "**Viaggio (macchina)**" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "Tipo di prodotto: servizio" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "Politica di fatturazione: fattura basata su tempo e materiale" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "Politica di fattura di spesa: al prezzo di vendita" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "Prezzo di vendita" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "Unità di misura: Km o miglia (è necessario abilitare l'opzione **Multiple Unit of Measures** da: menuelezione: `Modulo vendite -> Configurazione`)" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "HOTEL" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "Informativa sulla fattura di spesa: al costo" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "Unità di misura: unità" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the hotel." +msgstr "In questi esempi, il primo prodotto sarà una spesa che rimborseremo al dipendente in base al numero di km che ha fatto con la propria auto (ad es. Per visitare un cliente): 0,32 € / km. L'hotel viene rimborsato in base al costo reale dell'hotel." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the customer." +msgstr "Assicurati che tutti questi prodotti abbiano la casella di controllo **Può essere spesata** controllata e la politica di fatturazione impostata su **Fattura in base al tempo e al materiale**. Questa politica di fatturazione significa che, se la spesa è correlata a un progetto cliente / ordine di vendita, Odoo fatturerà nuovamente tali spese al cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "Odoo supporta due tipi di spese:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "spese pagate dal dipendente con i propri soldi" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "spese pagate con una carta di credito aziendale" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "Il flusso di lavoro delle spese" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "Registra una nuova spesa" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "Every employee of the company can register their expenses from :menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "Ogni dipendente dell'azienda può registrare le proprie spese da: menuelezione: `Spese di applicazione -> Le mie spese». Il flusso di lavoro per le spese personali funziona in questo modo:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "un dipendente registra la sua spesa e la invia al gestore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "il gestore approva o rifiuta la spesa" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "il contabile pubblica le registrazioni sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, with a payable account)" +msgstr "la società rimborsa la spesa dei dipendenti (il dipendente è come un venditore, con un conto pagabile)" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "se la spesa è collegata a un conto analitico, la società può reinvalidare il cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "Per ogni spesa, il dipendente deve registrare almeno:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "una descrizione: che dovrebbe includere il riferimento del biglietto / fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "un prodotto: il tipo di spesa" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own car)" +msgstr "un prezzo (ad esempio hotel) o una quantità (es. rimborsare km se si viaggia con la propria auto)" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "A seconda della politica dell'azienda, potrebbe dover allegare una scansione o una foto della spesa. Per fare ciò, basta scrivere un messaggio in fondo alla spesa con la scansione della bolletta / del biglietto in allegato." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get this feature)." +msgstr "Se la spesa è collegata a un progetto cliente, non dimenticare di impostare un account analitico, correlato al progetto cliente o all'ordine di vendita (potrebbe essere necessario attivare Conti analitici nelle impostazioni di contabilità per ottenere questa funzione)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button **Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "Una volta che la spesa è stata interamente registrata, il dipendente deve fare clic sul pulsante **Invia a Manager**. In alcune aziende, i dipendenti devono presentare le loro spese raggruppate alla fine del mese o alla fine di un viaggio di lavoro." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "Un dipendente può presentare tutte le sue spese in batch, utilizzando l'azione Invia spese dalla visualizzazione elenco delle spese o dalle icone piccole nella visualizzazione elenco." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "Convalida dal gestore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "I manager devono ricevere un'e-mail per ogni spesa da approvare (il manager di un dipendente è definito nel modulo per i dipendenti). Possono utilizzare il menu **Approva** per controllare tutte le spese in attesa di convalida." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "Il manager può:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the bill is missing);" +msgstr "discutere su una spesa per chiedere maggiori informazioni (ad esempio, se manca una scansione della fattura);" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "respingere una spesa;" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "approvare una spesa." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "Controllo da parte del contabile" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "Quindi, tutte le spese che sono state convalidate dal gestore devono essere registrate dal contabile. Quando viene registrata una spesa, la relativa voce sezionale viene creata e pubblicata nella contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "Se il contabile desidera creare una sola registrazione sezionale per una serie di spese, può registrare le spese in lotti dalla visualizzazione elenco di tutte le spese." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "Rinnovo delle spese per i clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer project)" +msgstr "Se la spesa era collegata a un conto analitico relativo a un ordine di vendita, l'ordine di vendita ha una nuova riga relativa alla spesa. Questa riga non è ancora stata fatturata al cliente e sarà inclusa nella fattura successiva che verrà inviata al cliente (addebito di viaggio e alloggio su un progetto cliente)" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order. (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "Per fatturare il cliente, è sufficiente fare clic sul pulsante della fattura sul suo ordine di vendita. (o sarà fatto automaticamente alla fine della settimana / mese se fatturate tutti i vostri ordini in batch)" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "Rimborsare il dipendente" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +msgid "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "Se la spesa è stata pagata con il denaro del dipendente, la società dovrebbe rimborsare il dipendente. In tal caso, il dipendente apparirà nel saldo di vecchiaia pagabile finché la società non rimborserà le sue spese." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +msgid "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount due." +msgstr "Tutto ciò che devi fare è creare un pagamento a questo dipendente per l'importo dovuto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "Spese che non vengono fatturate ai clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two options:" +msgstr "Se alcune spese non dovrebbero essere reinvoiced ai clienti, avete due opzioni:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "se la decisione di fatturare o meno è correlata al prodotto, modificare la politica di fatturazione sul prodotto:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "**in base al tempo e al materiale**: reinviluppo del cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "**in base agli ordini di vendita**: non reinvalidare il cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +msgid "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this invoice." +msgstr "se è necessario fare un'eccezione per una fattura che non deve essere reinviata al cliente, non impostare l'account analitico correlato per questa fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr ": Doc: `forecast`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "Come prevedere le future fatture da pagare?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "Quando ricevi centinaia di fatture al mese per venditore con termini di pagamento diversi, potrebbe essere complesso seguire ciò che devi pagare e quando. Pagare i tuoi fornitori troppo presto può ridurre le tue disponibilità di cassa e pagare troppo tardi può comportare costi aggiuntivi." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to vendors efficiently." +msgstr "Fortunatamente, Odoo ti fornisce gli strumenti giusti per gestire gli ordini di pagamento ai venditori in modo efficiente." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "Configurazione: termini di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "Per tenere traccia delle condizioni del venditore, utilizziamo i termini di pagamento in Odoo. I termini di pagamento consentono di tenere traccia delle condizioni per calcolare la data di scadenza in una fattura. Ad esempio, un termine di pagamento può essere:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "50% entro 30 giorni" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "50% entro 45 giorni" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +#, python-format +msgid "To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the **Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30% directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "Per creare i termini di pagamento più comuni, utilizzare il menu:: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Gestione -> Termini di pagamento 'nell'applicazione **Contabilità**. L'esempio seguente mostra un termine di pagamento del 30% direttamente e il saldo dopo 30 giorni." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "Una volta definiti i termini di pagamento, è possibile assegnarli al fornitore per impostazione predefinita. Impostare il campo Termine pagamento fornitore nella scheda Contabilità di un modulo fornitore. In questo modo, ogni volta che acquisterai questo fornitore, Odoo ti proporrà automaticamente il termine di pagamento corretto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "Se non si imposta un termine di pagamento specifico su un fornitore, sarà comunque possibile impostare un termine di pagamento specifico sulla fattura del fornitore." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "Previsioni da pagare con la relazione dei debiti scaduti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the payment term)." +msgstr "Per tenere traccia degli importi da pagare ai fornitori, utilizzare il report Pagamenti obsoleti. Puoi ottenerlo dal menu Rapporti dell'applicazione Contabilità. Questo rapporto fornisce un riepilogo per venditore degli importi da pagare, rispetto alla loro data di scadenza (la data di scadenza viene calcolata su ogni fattura utilizzando il termine di pagamento)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "Questo rapporto ti dice quanto dovrai pagare entro i prossimi mesi." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "Seleziona le fatture da pagare" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the payment)." +msgstr "Usando il menu: menuelezione: `Acquisti -> Fatture fornitore ', è possibile ottenere un elenco di fatture fornitore. Utilizzando i filtri avanzati, puoi elencare tutte le fatture che dovresti pagare o le fatture che sono in ritardo (sei in ritardo sul pagamento)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by \"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "Da questa schermata, puoi anche passare alla tabella pivot o alla visualizzazione grafico per ottenere statistiche sull'importo dovuto per il prossimo mese, utilizzando il gruppo per la funzione \\ \"Data di scadenza \"." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Pay supplier bills" +msgstr "Paga le fatture del fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "Paga con assegni" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "Una volta che si decide di pagare una fattura fornitore, è possibile selezionare di pagare con assegno. Quindi, alla fine della giornata, il manager può stampare tutti gli assegni per gruppo. Infine, il processo di riconciliazione bancaria corrisponderà agli assegni inviati ai fornitori con estratti conto bancari effettivi." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "Installa il modulo richiesto" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to print U.S. checks." +msgstr "Per registrare i pagamenti fornitore tramite assegni, devi installare il modulo **Verifica scrittura**. Questo modulo gestisce il processo di registrazione degli assegni in Odoo. Altri moduli sono necessari per stampare assegni, secondo il Paese. Ad esempio, è necessario il modulo **Stampa assegni USA** per stampare gli assegni negli Stati Uniti." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +msgid "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "Secondo il tuo paese e il piano di account che usi, quei moduli potrebbero essere installati di default. (esempio: gli utenti degli Stati Uniti non hanno nulla da installare, sono configurati di default)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "Attiva i metodi di pagamento degli assegni" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +msgid "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on :menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, set **Check**." +msgstr "Per consentire i pagamenti tramite assegni, è necessario attivare il metodo di pagamento sui relativi periodici bancari. Dalla dashboard di contabilità (lo schermo che si ottiene quando si accede all'applicazione di contabilità), fare clic sul proprio conto bancario su: menuelezione: `Altro -> Impostazioni`. Nel campo **Metodo di pagamento**, imposta **Verifica**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "Cancelleria compatibile per la stampa di assegni" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "Stati Uniti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "Per gli Stati Uniti, Odoo supporta di default i formati di assegni di:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "**Quickbooks e Quicken**: controlla in alto, tronchi al centro e in basso" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "**Peachtree**: check in mezzo, mozziconi in alto e in basso" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "**ADP**: controlla in basso e gli stub in alto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +msgid "It is also possible to customize your own check format through customizations." +msgstr "È anche possibile personalizzare il proprio formato di assegni tramite personalizzazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "Pagare una fattura fornitore con un assegno" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "Pagare un fornitore con un assegno avviene in tre fasi:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "registrando un pagamento che desideri fare sul conto" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "stampa di assegni in batch per tutti i pagamenti registrati" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "conciliare estratti conto bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "Registrare un pagamento tramite assegno" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +msgid "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to **Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "Per registrare un pagamento su una fattura, aprire qualsiasi fattura fornitore dal menu: menu-scelta: `Acquisti -> Fatture fornitore '. Dopo aver convalidato la fattura del fornitore, è possibile registrare un pagamento. Imposta il **Metodo pagamento** su **Verifica** e convalida la finestra di pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" +msgstr "Spiegazione dei campi della schermata di pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Has Invoices" +msgstr "Ha fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" +msgstr "Campo tecnico utilizzato per scopi di usabilità" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Hide Payment Method" +msgstr "Nascondi metodo di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has only one available which is 'manual'" +msgstr "Campo tecnico utilizzato per nascondere il metodo di pagamento se il giornale selezionato ne ha solo uno disponibile che è 'manuale'" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." +msgstr "Controllare: pagare il conto con assegno e stamparlo da Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed." +msgstr "Deposito batch: consente di racchiudere diversi assegni cliente contemporaneamente generando un deposito batch da inviare alla banca. Quando si codifica l'estratto conto in Odoo, si suggerisce di riconciliare la transazione con il deposito batch. Per abilitare il deposito batch, deve essere installato il modulo account_batch_deposit." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be installed" +msgstr "Bonifico SEPA: fattura a pagamento da un file di bonifico SEPA inviato alla tua banca. Per abilitare il trasferimento del credito sepa, è necessario installare il modulo account_sepa" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Code" +msgstr "Codice" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." +msgstr "Campo tecnico utilizzato per adattare l'interfaccia al tipo di pagamento selezionato." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "Check Number" +msgstr "Numero di assegno" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst +msgid "The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." +msgstr "Il giornale selezionato è configurato per stampare i numeri di assegni. Se la carta di assegni prestampata ha già numeri o se la numerazione corrente è errata, è possibile cambiarla nella pagina di configurazione del giornale." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 +msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "Prova a pagare una fattura fornitore con un assegno" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "Stampa assegni" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link \"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "Dalla dashboard della contabilità, sul tuo conto bancario, dovresti vedere un link \\ \"X controlla per stampare \". Clicca su questo link e otterrai l'elenco di tutti gli assegni che non sono ancora stati stampati. Da questa schermata è possibile stampare tutti gli assegni in batch o rivederli uno per uno." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +msgid "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "Se si desidera rivedere ogni pagamento uno per uno prima di stampare l'assegno, aprire il pagamento e fare clic su **Verifica stampa** se lo si accetta. Una finestra di dialogo ti chiederà il numero dell'assegno. Ti propone automaticamente il prossimo numero, ma puoi cambiarlo se non corrisponde al tuo prossimo numero di assegno." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +msgid "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "Per stampare tutti gli assegni in batch, selezionare tutti i pagamenti dalla visualizzazione elenco e Verifica stampa dal menu \\ \"stampa \" in alto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +msgstr "Riconciliare dichiarazioni bancarie" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +msgid "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "Una volta elaborato il tuo estratto conto, quando l'assegno viene accreditato sul tuo conto bancario, Odoo ti proporrà automaticamente per abbinarlo al pagamento. Questo contrassegna il pagamento come **riconciliato**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +msgid "to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2 weeks ago." +msgstr "per controllare assegni non accreditati, aprire l'elenco dei pagamenti e filtrare sullo stato Inviati. Controlla quei pagamenti che hanno una data più di 2 settimane fa." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "Paga qualsiasi cosa con un assegno" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so, use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "È possibile registrare un pagamento non correlato a una fattura fornitore. Per farlo, usa il menu in alto: menu selection: `Acquisti -> Pagamenti`. Registrare il pagamento e selezionare un metodo di pagamento tramite assegno." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +msgid "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "Se si paga una fattura fornitore specifica, inserire il riferimento della fattura nel campo **Memo**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +msgid "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "Una volta registrato il pagamento tramite assegno, non dimenticare di **Confermare**. Una volta confermato, è possibile utilizzare **Print Check** direttamente o seguire il flusso precedente per stampare gli assegni in batch:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +msgid "`Print checks `_" +msgstr "`Stampa assegni ` _" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" +msgstr "`Riconciliare estratti conto ` _" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "Come pagare più conti in una volta?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "Odoo offre un modo semplice ed efficace per gestire più conti contemporaneamente, con varie opzioni rapide o complesse. Con un'unica procedura, chiunque è in grado di gestire le fatture e il pagamento in pochi clic." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "Paga più fatture con un unico pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "Registra diversi pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you open the accounting application)." +msgstr "Nell'esempio seguente, genereremo alcune fatture. Puoi controllare l'intero processo dalla tua dashboard di contabilità (prima schermata che ottieni quando apri l'applicazione di contabilità)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "Per creare una fattura, apri il menu Dashboard e fai clic su **Vendor Bills**. Nella finestra Fatture fornitore, fai clic su **Crea**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then **Validate**." +msgstr "Scegli il fornitore da cui desideri acquistare il prodotto e fai clic su Aggiungi un articolo per aggiungere uno (o più) prodotto / i. Fai clic su **Salva** e poi su **Convalida**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "Paga le fatture dei fornitori, una dopo l'altra" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click on **Validate**." +msgstr "Ora registreremo un pagamento per una sola fattura. Apri il conto, quindi fai clic su **Registra pagamento**. Inserisci il metodo di pagamento, la data e l'importo, quindi fai clic su **Convalida**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the expense transaction." +msgstr "Dopo aver convalidato il pagamento, il sistema riconcilia automaticamente il pagamento con la fattura e imposta il conto come **Pagato**. Il sistema genererà anche una mossa dall'account di pagamento e riconcilialo con la transazione di spesa." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "Pagare parecchie fatture complessivamente" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same vendor.**" +msgstr "Per illustrare a fondo il processo, creare almeno altre 2 fatture seguendo la suddetta guida permanente. **Assicurati che tutte le fatture provengano dallo stesso fornitore.**" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "Nelle fatture fornitori, seleziona le nuove fatture appena create selezionando la casella accanto a ciascuna di esse. Nel menu Azione situato al centro della pagina, fai clic su **Registra pagamento**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "Inserisci i dettagli del pagamento. Il sistema ha calcolato l'importo totale per entrambe le fatture, ma è possibile modificarlo liberamente. Fai clic su **Convalida**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "Registrare il pagamento, riconciliare in seguito" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been recorded." +msgstr "È inoltre possibile riconciliare un pagamento con le fatture dopo che il pagamento è stato registrato." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "Innanzitutto, dobbiamo creare un pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "Questo gestirà da: menuelezione: `Dashboard -> Giornale bancario -> Altre opzioni -> Invia denaro`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "Creazione dell'ordine di pagamento con metodo di pagamento assegno. Selezione del venditore correlato e importo che rimane da pagare. Dopo aver riempito tutti i dettagli, confermeremo l'ordine di pagamento che genererà la transazione di pagamento con il sistema." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "Come puoi vedere, lo stato di pagamento delle fatture mostra ciò che viene pubblicato e ciò che resta da riconciliare." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the transaction amount." +msgstr "Dopo aver ricevuto l'estratto conto bancario dalla banca con i dettagli del pagamento, è possibile riconciliare la transazione dalla Dashboard. Mapperà automaticamente l'importo della transazione." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" +msgstr "Per maggiori dettagli sulla procedura di riconciliazione bancaria, leggi:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "Pagamenti parziali di più fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "Come pagare più fatture fornitore con sconti in contanti in una sola volta?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +msgid "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for various bills." +msgstr "Hai già imparato a pagare le fatture in vari modi, ma per quanto riguarda il pagamento parziale? Stiamo prendendo un altro esempio in cui faremo il pagamento parziale per varie fatture." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank statements." +msgstr "Stiamo creando più fatture e in parte li paghiamo tramite estratti conto bancari." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +msgid "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "Stiamo aggiungendo termini di pagamento che consentono uno sconto di cassa in cui il venditore ci offre uno sconto di pagamento anticipato." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +msgid "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment term." +msgstr "Stiamo creando le seguenti fatture con l'assegnazione del termine di pagamento sopra indicato." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "Abbiamo creato le seguenti fatture:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +msgid "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "Pagheremo le fatture creando un estratto conto bancario dove regoleremo lo sconto di cassa fornito dal nostro fornitore in base alle condizioni di pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +msgid "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement model for cash discount." +msgstr "Prima di riconciliare questo estratto conto, dobbiamo creare un modello di dichiarazione per lo sconto di cassa." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "Ora torniamo all'estratto conto e apriamo la vista di riconciliazione." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" +msgstr "Per la riconciliazione dell'estratto conto con l'opzione modello, vedere" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "Paga con SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO. SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire transfer." +msgstr "SEPA, l'area unica dei pagamenti in euro, è un'iniziativa di integrazione dei pagamenti dell'Unione europea per la semplificazione dei bonifici bancari denominata in EURO. SEPA ti consente di inviare ordini di pagamento alla tua banca per automatizzare il bonifico bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "La SEPA è sostenuta dalle banche dei 28 Stati membri dell'UE, nonché dall'Islanda, dalla Norvegia, dalla Svizzera, da Andorra, da Monaco e da San Marino." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "Con Odoo, una volta che si decide di pagare un venditore, è possibile scegliere di pagare il conto con SEPA. Quindi, alla fine della giornata, il gestore può generare il file SEPA contenente tutti i bonifici bancari e inviarlo alla banca. Il file segue le specifiche per il bonifico SEPA \"PAIN.001.001.03\". Questo è uno standard ben definito che crea consenso tra le banche." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." +msgstr "Una volta che i pagamenti vengono elaborati dalla tua banca, puoi importare direttamente l'estratto conto in Odoo. Il processo di riconciliazione bancaria corrisponderà perfettamente agli ordini SEPA inviati alla tua banca con estratti conto bancari effettivi." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on Odoo payments." +msgstr "Per pagare i fornitori con SEPA, è necessario installare il modulo **SEPA Credit Transfer**. Questo modulo gestisce il processo di generazione di file SEPA basati sui pagamenti Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +msgid "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may be installed by default." +msgstr "In base al tuo paese e al piano di utilizzo che utilizzi, questo modulo potrebbe essere installato per impostazione predefinita." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "Attiva i metodi di pagamento SEPA sulle banche" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +msgid "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "Per consentire i pagamenti da parte della SEPA, è necessario attivare il metodo di pagamento sui relativi periodici bancari. Dalla dashboard di contabilità (lo schermo che si ottiene quando si accede all'applicazione di contabilità), fare clic su \\ \"Altro \" sul proprio conto bancario e selezionare l'opzione \\ \"Impostazioni \"." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +msgid "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit Transfer**." +msgstr "Per attivare SEPA, fai clic sulla scheda **Impostazioni avanzate** e, nella sezione **Metodi di pagamento** della sezione **Varie**, seleziona la casella **Trasferimento crediti Sepa**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +msgid "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "Assicurati di specificare il numero di conto IBAN (il numero di conto nazionale non funzionerà con SEPA) e il BIC (codice identificativo bancario) sul tuo giornale bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +msgid "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "Per impostazione predefinita, i pagamenti inviati utilizzando SEPA utilizzeranno il nome della tua società come nome di partito iniziale. Questo è ciò che appare sull'estratto conto bancario del destinatario nel campo **pagamento da**. Puoi personalizzarlo nelle impostazioni della tua azienda, nella scheda **Configurazione**, nella sezione **SEPA**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "Registra i tuoi pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so, use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "È possibile registrare un pagamento non correlato a una fattura fornitore. Per farlo, usa il menu in alto: menu selection: `Acquisti -> Pagamenti`. Registra il tuo pagamento e seleziona un metodo di pagamento con Sepa Credit Transfer." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +msgid "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC (Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "Se è la prima volta che paghi questo fornitore, dovrai compilare il campo Conto bancario del destinatario con, almeno, il nome della banca, IBAN e BIC (codice identificativo bancario). Odoo verificherà automaticamente il formato IBAN." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +msgid "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new one." +msgstr "Per i pagamenti futuri a questo fornitore, Odoo ti proporrà automaticamente i conti bancari ma sarai in grado di selezionarne un altro o crearne uno nuovo." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +msgid "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the **memo** field." +msgstr "Se si paga una fattura fornitore specifica, inserire il riferimento della fattura nel campo **memo**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +msgid "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "Una volta registrato il pagamento, non dimenticare di confermare. Puoi anche pagare le fatture del fornitore direttamente dal conto utilizzando il pulsante Registra pagamento in cima alla fattura del venditore. Il modulo è lo stesso, ma il pagamento è direttamente collegato al conto e sarà automaticamente riconciliato con esso." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "Genera file SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to generate for every bank account." +msgstr "Dalla tua dashboard di contabilità, dovresti vedere se ci sono file SEPA da generare per ogni conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +msgid "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "Clicca sul link per controllare tutti i pagamenti che sono pronti per il trasferimento tramite SEPA. Quindi, seleziona tutti i pagamenti che desideri inviare (o seleziona la casella in alto per selezionare tutti i pagamenti contemporaneamente) e clicca su: menuelezione: `Altro -> Scarica pagamenti SEPA`." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "La banca rifiuta il mio file SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "Chiedete alla vostra banca se supportano **PAIN.001.001.03 bonifici SEPA**. Se non lo fanno, o non possono fornire informazioni rilevanti, inoltrare il messaggio di errore al proprio partner Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "Non esiste un codice identificativo bancario registrato per il conto bancario ..." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +msgid "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "Per inviare un pagamento SEPA, il destinatario deve essere identificato da un IBAN e BIC validi. Se appare questo messaggio, probabilmente hai codificato un account IBAN per il partner che stai pagando, ma hai dimenticato di compilare il campo BIC." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Supplier Bills" +msgstr "Fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "Quando dovrei usare le fatture del fornitore o le ricevute di acquisto?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "Le ricevute di acquisto sono diverse dalle fatture del fornitore. Le fatture del venditore sono richieste di pagamento. Se emetto un ordine d'acquisto, il mio fornitore, nella maggior parte dei casi aziendali, mi invierà una fattura fornitore. A seconda della sua politica di fatturazione, ho quindi una quantità definita di tempo per pagare il conto. Le ricevute di acquisto sono conferme dei pagamenti ricevuti. Sono le mie ricevute di biglietti giornaliere." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "Da un punto di vista contabile ciò fa la differenza, in quanto una fattura del venditore accrediterà prima un conto del debito prima della riconciliazione con il conto bancario. D'altra parte di solito paghiamo immediatamente le ricevute di acquisto, il che significa che non è necessario un conto di debito." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line, as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "Inoltre, le ricevute di acquisto possono avere un'imposta diversa per riga di prodotto, in quanto le fatture dei venditori applicano un importo di imposta sull'intera fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to handle them in accounting." +msgstr "Se il conto bancario della mia azienda è utilizzato per pagare beni in cui viene emessa solo una ricevuta di acquisto, dovrei utilizzare la funzione di ricevuta di acquisto in Odoo per gestirli in contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank account." +msgstr "Prendiamo il seguente esempio: abbiamo bisogno di comprare il tè per i nostri clienti da un negozio di tè locale che non emette fatture. Andiamo ogni settimana a comprare 50 euro di tè e una teiera del valore di 20 euro. Paghiamo con il conto bancario della società." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "Per gestire le ricevute di acquisto in Odoo, è necessario installare un modulo e un'app. Accedi al modulo dell'app e installa l'app di contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "Quindi, vai nella barra di ricerca, elimina la ricerca modulo predefinita e cerca \"acquisto\". Installa il modulo **Vendita e acquisto voucher**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Registra una ricevuta" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "Installando i **Buoni vendita e acquisto**, ho reso visibile il nuovo menu a discesa **Ricevute d'acquisto** nell'app per la contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "Per importare i nostri 50 euro di ricevuta di acquisto del tè, accedere all'app per la contabilità, selezionare: menuelezione: `Acquisti -> Ricevute d'acquisto`." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or **Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +msgstr "Creare una nuova ricevuta d'acquisto e inserire tutte le informazioni necessarie. Tieni presente che hai la scelta nel campo Pagamento tra **Paga dopo** o **Paga adesso**. È una differenza significativa poiché Pay Later genererà una voce di contabilità del debito mentre Pay Now accrediterà immediatamente il conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "Nella maggior parte dei casi si paga immediatamente, selezioneremo quindi l'opzione Paga direttamente. Aggiungi i prodotti, l'account correlato e la taxe appropriata. Per esempio, supponiamo che il tè sia un 12% di taxe e il tè del 21%." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to :doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "Convalidare la ricevuta d'acquisto per pubblicarla. Non dimenticare che è necessario: doc: `riconciliare i pagamenti <../../ bank / riconciliazione / use_cases>` per chiudere completamente la transazione nella contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "Come gestire le fatture del fornitore?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "L'applicazione **Acquisto** consente di gestire tutti gli ordini di acquisto, i prodotti in arrivo e le fatture del fornitore in un unico punto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase management processes." +msgstr "Se si desidera impostare un processo di controllo delle fatture del fornitore, la prima cosa che devi fare è avere i dati di acquisto in Odoo. Sapere cosa è stato acquistato e ricevuto è il primo passo verso la comprensione dei processi di gestione degli acquisti." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "Ecco il flusso di lavoro standard in Odoo:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your vendor(s)." +msgstr "Si inizia con una **Richiesta di preventivo (RFQ)** da inviare ai propri fornitori." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase Order (PO)**." +msgstr "Una volta che il fornitore ha accettato la RFQ, confermare la RFQ in un **Ordine di acquisto (PO)**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any stockable products." +msgstr "Confermando l'ordine di acquisto viene generata una **spedizione in entrata** se hai acquistato prodotti disponibili." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "Dopo aver ricevuto **fattura fornitore** dal fornitore, convalidare la fattura con i prodotti ricevuti nella fase precedente per garantire l'accuratezza." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or only one." +msgstr "Questo processo può essere fatto da tre diverse persone all'interno dell'azienda, o solo una." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "Installazione delle applicazioni di acquisto e inventario" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "Dall'applicazione **Apps**, cerca il modulo **Purchase** e installalo. A causa di determinate dipendenze, Installazione acquisto installa automaticamente le applicazioni **Inventario** e **Contabilità**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "Creazione di prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and click create." +msgstr "La creazione di prodotti in Odoo è essenziale per acquisti rapidi ed efficienti all'interno di Odoo. Basta navigare nel sottomenu Prodotti sotto Acquista e fare clic su Crea." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as it is important:" +msgstr "Quando crei il prodotto, presta attenzione al campo **Tipo prodotto**, poiché è importante:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "I prodotti impostati come **Stockable o Consumable** ti permetteranno di tenere traccia dei loro livelli di inventario. Queste opzioni implicano la gestione delle scorte e consentiranno di ricevere questo tipo di prodotti." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either of these designations." +msgstr "Viceversa, i prodotti impostati come **Servizio o Prodotto digitale** non implicano la gestione delle scorte, semplicemente a causa del fatto che non esiste un inventario da gestire. Non sarai in grado di ricevere prodotti in nessuna di queste designazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +msgid "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product type to **Service**." +msgstr "Si consiglia di creare un prodotto **Miscellaneo** per tutti gli acquisti che si verificano raramente e che non richiedono la valutazione o la gestione dell'inventario. Se si crea un prodotto di questo tipo, si consiglia di impostare il tipo di prodotto su **Servizio**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gestire le fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "Acquisto di prodotti o servizi" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +msgid "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor Reference)" +msgstr "Dall'applicazione di acquisto, è possibile creare un ordine di acquisto con tutti i prodotti necessari. Se il venditore invia una conferma o un preventivo per un ordine, è possibile registrare il numero di riferimento dell'ordine nel campo **Riferimento fornitore**. Ciò ti consentirà di abbinare facilmente l'ordine di acquisto con la fattura del fornitore in un secondo momento (poiché la fattura del venditore includerà probabilmente il riferimento del fornitore)" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +msgid "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory application." +msgstr "Convalidare l'ordine d'acquisto e ricevere i prodotti dall'applicazione Inventario." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "Ricezione di prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +msgid "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "Se hai acquistato prodotti stabili che gestisci l'inventario, dovrai ricevere i prodotti dall'applicazione Inventario dopo aver confermato un ordine d'acquisto. Dalla **bacheca Inventory**, dovresti vedere un pulsante che ti collega direttamente al trasferimento dei prodotti. Questo pulsante è descritto in rosso di seguito:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +msgid "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be received." +msgstr "La navigazione di questo percorso ti porterà a un elenco di tutti gli ordini in attesa di essere ricevuti." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +msgid "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor (Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "Se hai molti ordini in attesa, applica un filtro usando la barra di ricerca in alto a destra. Con questa barra di ricerca, è possibile filtrare in base al fornitore (partner), al prodotto o al documento di origine, noto anche come riferimento del proprio ordine d'acquisto. Hai anche la possibilità di raggruppare gli ordini in base a diversi criteri in **Raggruppa per**. Selezionando una voce da questo elenco si aprirà la seguente schermata in cui si riceveranno i prodotti." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "I prodotti del servizio acquisti non attivano un ordine di consegna." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gestione fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +msgid "When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "Quando ricevi una fattura fornitore per un acquisto precedente, assicurati di registrarla nell'applicazione Acquisti sotto **Menu controllo**. È necessario creare una nuova fattura fornitore anche se si è già registrato un ordine d'acquisto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +msgid "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "La prima cosa che dovrai fare al momento di creare una fattura del venditore è selezionare il fornitore appropriato, in quanto ciò farà emergere anche qualsiasi informazione contabile o di listino prezzi associata. Da lì, è possibile scegliere di specificare uno o più ordini di acquisto per compilare la fattura fornitore. Quando si seleziona un ordine d'acquisto dall'elenco, Odoo ritirerà tutti i prodotti non inviati associati a tale ordine d'acquisto e popolerà automaticamente tali informazioni di seguito. Se hai difficoltà a trovare la fattura del fornitore appropriata, puoi cercare nell'elenco inserendo il numero di riferimento del venditore o il numero di ordine di acquisto interno." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +msgid "While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +msgstr "Mentre la fattura è in stato di bozza, puoi apportare le modifiche necessarie (ad esempio rimuovere o aggiungere linee di prodotti, modificare quantità e modificare i prezzi)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "Il venditore può inviarti più fatture per lo stesso ordine d'acquisto se:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +msgid "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products." +msgstr "Il tuo fornitore è in back-order e ti sta inviando le fatture mentre spediscono i prodotti." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "Il venditore ti invia una fattura parziale o richiede un deposito." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +msgid "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "Ogni volta che si registra una nuova fattura fornitore, Odoo compilerà automaticamente le quantità del prodotto in base a quanto ricevuto dal fornitore. Se questo valore indica zero, significa che non hai ancora ricevuto questo prodotto e serve semplicemente a ricordare che il prodotto non è disponibile e potresti doverti approfondire ulteriormente. In qualsiasi momento, prima di convalidare la fattura del venditore, è possibile sovrascrivere questa quantità zero." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "Corrispondenza di fattura del fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "Cosa fare se la fattura del fornitore non corrisponde a ciò che hai ricevuto" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +msgid "If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several reasons:" +msgstr "Se il conto ricevuto dal venditore ha quantità diverse da quelle che Odoo automaticamente compila come quantità, ciò potrebbe essere dovuto a diversi motivi:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +msgid "the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you have not ordered," +msgstr "il venditore non addebita in modo errato per prodotti e / o servizi che non hai ordinato," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +msgid "the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet, as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +msgstr "il fornitore ti sta fatturando per prodotti che potresti non aver ancora ricevuto, in quanto il controllo di fatturazione può essere basato su quantità ordinate o ricevute," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "o il venditore non ti ha fatturato per i prodotti acquistati in precedenza." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +msgid "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "In questi casi, si consiglia di verificare che la fattura e qualsiasi ordine di acquisto associato al fornitore siano accurati e di aver compreso ciò che si è ordinato e ciò che si è già ricevuto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +msgid "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "Se non riesci a trovare un ordine di acquisto correlato a una fattura del fornitore, ciò potrebbe essere dovuto a una delle seguenti ragioni:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +msgid "the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +msgstr "il fornitore ti ha già fatturato per questo ordine d'acquisto, pertanto non comparirà in nessun punto della selezione," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +msgid "someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +msgstr "qualcuno in azienda ha dimenticato di registrare un ordine di acquisto per questo venditore," + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "o il venditore ti sta addebitando per qualcosa che non hai ordinato." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "Come vengono gestite le quantità dei prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +msgid "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "Per impostazione predefinita, i servizi vengono gestiti in base alle quantità ordinate, mentre le scorte e i materiali di consumo sono gestiti in base alle quantità ricevute." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +msgid "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "Se è necessario gestire i prodotti in base alle quantità ordinate rispetto alle quantità ricevute, sarà necessario appartenere al gruppo **Gestore acquisti**. Chiedi all'amministratore di sistema di abilitare questi accessi su: menuelezione: `Impostazioni -> Utenti -> Utenti -> Diritti di accesso`. Una volta che si appartiene al gruppo corretto, selezionare il prodotto (i) che si desidera modificare e si dovrebbe vedere apparire un nuovo campo, etichettato **Controllare le fatture d'acquisto**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +msgid "You can then change the default management method for the selected product to be based on either:" +msgstr "È quindi possibile modificare il metodo di gestione predefinito per il prodotto selezionato in base a:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Quantità ordinate" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "o quantità ricevute" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "Fatturazione in lotti" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +msgid "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "Quando si crea una fattura fornitore e si seleziona l'ordine di acquisto appropriato, è possibile continuare a selezionare ulteriori ordini di acquisto e Odoo aggiungerà gli elementi aggiuntivi da tale ordine di acquisto. Se non sono stati eliminati gli elementi precedenti dal primo ordine di acquisto, la fattura sarà collegato a tutti gli ordini di acquisto appropriati." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "Crediti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "Fatture cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" +msgstr "Come impostare gli sconti in contanti?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date. If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect of a business's cash conversion cycle." +msgstr "Gli sconti in contanti sono un incentivo (di solito una piccola percentuale) che offri ai clienti in cambio del pagamento di una fattura dovuta prima della scadenza prevista. Se usati correttamente, gli sconti di cassa migliorano l'aspetto di vendite giornaliere del ciclo di conversione in contanti di un'azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 +msgid "For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days of receiving the invoice." +msgstr "Ad esempio, uno sconto di cassa tipico sarebbe: si offre uno sconto del 2% su una fattura dovuta in 30 giorni se il cliente dovesse pagare entro i primi 5 giorni dalla ricezione della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 +msgid "Payment terms" +msgstr "Termini di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 +msgid "In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." +msgstr "Per gestire gli sconti in contanti, utilizzeremo il concetto di termini di pagamento di Odoo (dal modulo Contabilità, vai a: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Gestione -> Termini di pagamento -> Crea`)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 +msgid "Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." +msgstr "Iniziamo con l'esempio precedente: uno sconto del 2% su una fattura scaduta in 30 giorni se il cliente dovesse pagare entro i primi 5 giorni." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure the payment term with two installments:" +msgstr "Un termine di pagamento tipico di 30 giorni avrebbe una sola rata: saldo in 30 giorni. Tuttavia, per configurare lo sconto di cassa, è possibile configurare il termine di pagamento con due rate:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 +msgid "98% within 5 days" +msgstr "98% entro 5 giorni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 +msgid "balance within 30 days" +msgstr "saldo entro 30 giorni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you pay within 5 days." +msgstr "Per chiarire che non si tratta di un termine di pagamento ma di uno sconto di cassa, non dimenticare di impostare una descrizione chiara che apparirà sulla fattura: la fattura è dovuta entro 30 giorni, ma puoi beneficiare di uno sconto di cassa del 2% se pagare entro 5 giorni." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 +msgid "Bank reconciliation model" +msgstr "Modello di riconciliazione bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 +msgid "In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option \"Reconciliation Models\"." +msgstr "Al fine di accelerare il processo di riconciliazione bancaria, possiamo creare un modello di iscrizione per tutti gli sconti di cassa. Per fare ciò, dal dashboard dell'applicazione di contabilità, fare clic sul collegamento \"Altro\" sulla banca e selezionare l'opzione \"Modelli di riconciliazione\"." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" +msgstr "Crea un nuovo modello per gli sconti in contanti come segue:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 +msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" +msgstr "**Etichetta pulsante**: sconto in contanti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" +msgstr "**Conto**: Sconto in contanti (secondo il tuo paese)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 +msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" +msgstr "**Tipo di importo**: percentuale" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "**Amount**: 100%" +msgstr "Importo" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" +msgstr "**Imposte**: a seconda del Paese, è possibile mettere una tassa sul denaro" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" +msgstr "sconto se le imposte devono essere dedotte" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +#, python-format +msgid "Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a model per payment term." +msgstr "Anche se si tratta di uno sconto di cassa del 2%, imposta un importo del 100% sul modello di riconciliazione in quanto significa il 100% del saldo residuo (il 2%). È possibile utilizzare lo stesso modello di riconciliazione per tutti gli sconti in contanti. Non è necessario creare un modello per periodo di pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "Creazione di una fattura con uno sconto di cassa" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2% cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." +msgstr "Quando crei una fattura cliente, imposta il termine di pagamento corretto \"30 giorni, 2% sconto di cassa\" subito dopo aver selezionato il cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 +msgid "Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." +msgstr "Una volta che la fattura è stata convalidata, Odoo dividerà automaticamente la parte della voce di registrazione sezionale con due rate con una data di scadenza diversa: il 98% entro 5 giorni, il 2% entro 30 giorni." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "Pagamento della fattura con uno sconto di cassa" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 +msgid "If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the journal entry." +msgstr "Se il cliente paga con uno sconto di cassa, durante l'elaborazione dell'estratto conto bancario, corrisponderà il pagamento (98%) con la riga relativa nella registrazione sezionale." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +#, python-format +msgid "As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." +msgstr "Come puoi vedere nello screenshot qui sopra, quando selezioni il cliente, vedi anche il 2% rimanente di 3 $. Se si desidera accettare lo sconto di cassa (se il cliente ha pagato entro 5 giorni), è possibile fare clic su questa riga con il 2%, fare clic su \"Saldo aperto\" e selezionare il modello di riconciliazione \"Sconto in contanti\". In questo modo, la fattura è contrassegnata come interamente pagata." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +#, python-format +msgid "from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid on time." +msgstr "d'ora in poi, la corrispondenza del restante 2% deve essere eseguita manualmente. In futuro, pianifichiamo di automatizzare la riconciliazione del 2% se il 98% viene pagato in tempo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 +msgid "Paying the invoice in full" +msgstr "Pagare la fattura per intero" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 +msgid "If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the payment." +msgstr "Se il cliente paga la fattura completamente, senza beneficiare dello sconto di cassa, riconciliare il pagamento (per intero) con le due righe della fattura (98% e 2%). Basta fare clic sulle due linee per abbinarle al pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr ": Doc: `overview`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgstr "Entrate posticipate: come automatizzarle?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned, but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and posted on the income statement." +msgstr "Le entrate differite / non guadagnate sono un pagamento anticipato registrato sul bilancio del beneficiario come un conto di responsabilità fino a quando i servizi non sono stati resi o i prodotti sono stati consegnati. Le entrate posticipate sono un conto di responsabilità perché si riferiscono a entrate che non sono state ancora guadagnate, ma rappresentano prodotti o servizi che sono dovuti al cliente. Poiché i prodotti o i servizi sono consegnati nel tempo, i ricavi sono rilevati e registrati nel conto economico." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +msgid "For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +msgstr "Ad esempio: supponiamo che tu venda un contratto di assistenza di 2 anni per $ 24.000 che inizia il mese prossimo per un periodo di 24 mesi. Dopo aver convalidato la fattura del cliente, i $ 24.000 devono essere registrati in un conto ricavi differiti. Questo perché i $ 24.000 che hai ricevuto non sono ancora stati guadagnati." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +msgid "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as revenue." +msgstr "Nei prossimi 24 mesi, ridurrete il conto dei ricavi differiti di $ 1.000 ($ 24.000 / 24) su base mensile e riconoscerete tale importo come entrate." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "Installazione del modulo" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +msgid "In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the **Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the **Revenue Recognition Management** module." +msgstr "Per automatizzare le entrate posticipate, vai al menu delle impostazioni sotto l'applicazione: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione` e attiva l'opzione **Asset management & revenue recognition**. Questo installerà il modulo **Revenue Recognition Management**." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you might check if the module is correctly installed." +msgstr "In alcune versioni di Odoo 9, oltre a controllare questa opzione, è necessario installare il modulo \"Revenue Recognition Management\". Se si utilizza Odoo 9, è possibile verificare se il modulo è stato installato correttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +msgstr "Definire i tipi di entrate posticipate" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +msgid "Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +msgstr "Una volta installato il modulo, è necessario creare tipi di entrate posticipate. Dall'applicazione Contabilità, vai al menu: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Tipi di ricavi rinviati`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +msgstr "Esempio: contratto di manutenzione di 12 mesi" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +msgstr "Alcuni esempi di tipi di entrate differite:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +msgid "1 year service contract" +msgstr "Contratto di assistenza di 1 anno" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "3 years service contracts" +msgstr "3 anni di contratti di assistenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" +msgstr "Imposta ricavi differiti sui prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +msgid "Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred revenue type." +msgstr "Una volta definiti i tipi di ricavi posticipati, è possibile impostarli sui prodotti correlati. Nel modulo prodotto, nella scheda Contabilità, puoi impostare un tipo di entrate posticipato." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +msgid "Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +msgstr "Ecco alcuni esempi di prodotti e i relativi tipi di entrate posticipate:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "Product" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +msgstr "Tipo di entrate differite" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgstr "Contratto di assistenza: 3 anni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" +msgstr "Abbonamento Netflix: 3 anni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "Flowers every month" +msgstr "Fiori ogni mese" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "1 year product contract" +msgstr "Contratto di un anno" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +msgid "Sell and invoice products" +msgstr "Vendi e fattura prodotti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +msgid "Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal entry." +msgstr "Una volta configurati i prodotti, è possibile creare una fattura cliente utilizzando questo prodotto. Una volta che la fattura del cliente è stata convalidata, Odoo creerà automaticamente entrate differite per te e la relativa voce sezionale." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Dr**" +msgstr "Dott." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Cr**" +msgstr "** ** Cr" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +msgid "Accounts receivable" +msgstr "Crediti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "24000" +msgstr "24000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +msgid "Deferred revenue account" +msgstr "Conto delle entrate differite" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +msgid "Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue recognition." +msgstr "Quindi, ogni mese, Odoo pubblicherà una voce sezionale per il riconoscimento delle entrate." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "Service revenue account" +msgstr "Conto entrate del servizio" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +msgid "To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +msgstr "Per analizzare tutti i tuoi contratti correnti con entrate posticipate, puoi utilizzare il menu Rapporti> Analisi ricavi posticipati." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" +msgstr "Come definire un piano di rata sulle fatture dei clienti?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +msgid "In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "Per gestire i piani di rate relativi a una fattura, è necessario utilizzare i termini di pagamento in Odoo. Si applicano sia sulle fatture dei clienti sia sulle fatture dei fornitori." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" +msgstr "Esempio, per una fattura specifica:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" +msgstr "Paga il 50% entro 10 giorni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" +msgstr "Pagare il saldo residuo entro 30 giorni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +msgid "payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment term but an invoice policy." +msgstr "i termini di pagamento non devono essere confusi con un pagamento in più parti. Se, per uno specifico ordine, fatturate il cliente in due parti, non si tratta di un termine di pagamento ma di una politica di fatturazione." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +msgid "Configure your usual installment plans from the application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +msgstr "Configura i tuoi abituali piani di rata dall'applicazione: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Configurazione> Termini di pagamento`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#, python-format +msgid "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within 3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute exactly 100%)" +msgstr "Un termine di pagamento può avere una riga (es: 21 giorni) o più righe (10% entro 3 giorni e il saldo entro 21 giorni). Se crei un termine di pagamento con più righe, assicurati che l'ultimo sia il saldo. (evita di fare il 50% in 10 giorni e il 50% in 21 giorni perché, con l'arrotondamento, potrebbe non calcolare esattamente il 100%)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +msgid "The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "La descrizione del termine di pagamento apparirà sulla fattura o sull'ordine di vendita." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +msgid "Payment terms for customers" +msgstr "Termini di pagamento per i clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +msgid "You can set payment terms on:" +msgstr "Puoi impostare i termini di pagamento su:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +msgid "**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +msgstr "**un cliente**: il termine di pagamento si applica automaticamente ai nuovi ordini di vendita o fatture per questo cliente. Impostare i termini di pagamento sui clienti se si concede questo termine di pagamento per tutti gli ordini futuri per questo cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +msgid "**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "**una quotazione**: il termine di pagamento si applica a tutte le fatture create da questa offerta o ordine di vendita, ma non su altre quotazioni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" +msgstr "**una fattura**: il termine di pagamento verrà applicato solo su questa fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +msgid "If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set any tax on the invoice):" +msgstr "Se una fattura contiene un termine di pagamento, la registrazione sezionale relativa alla fattura è diversa. Senza termini di pagamento, una fattura di $ 100 produrrà la seguente registrazione di giornale (per la chiarezza dell'esempio, non abbiamo impostato alcuna imposta sulla fattura):" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +msgid "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +msgstr "Se si fa una fattura il 1 ° gennaio con un termine di pagamento del 10% entro 3 giorni e il saldo entro 30 giorni, si ottiene la seguente Registrazione sezionale:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "Jan 03" +msgstr "Jan" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "Jan 30" +msgstr "Jan" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "90" +msgstr "I" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +msgid "On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +msgstr "Nella dichiarazione del cliente, vedrai due righe con date di scadenza differenti. Per ottenere la dichiarazione del cliente, utilizzare il menu Vendite> Dichiarazione clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr ": Doc: `payment_terms`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 +msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" +msgstr "Come modificare una fattura convalidata?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 +msgid "In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." +msgstr "Nella maggior parte delle normative contabili oltre la parola, non è consentito modificare una fattura che viene convalidata e inviata al cliente. Tuttavia, a volte è necessario modificare una fattura per diversi motivi: la vendita è cambiata, è stato commesso un errore durante la registrazione della fattura, ecc." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 +msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" +msgstr "Pertanto, il modo corretto di modificare una fattura è:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 +msgid "Refund the original invoice" +msgstr "Rimborsare la fattura originale" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 +msgid "Create a new invoice" +msgstr "Crea una nuova fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few clicks." +msgstr "Il meccanismo di rimborso di Odoo ti aiuta a gestire l'intero processo in pochi clic." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 +msgid "Modify an invoice" +msgstr "Modifica una fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 +msgid "If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" +msgstr "Se la tua fattura è ancora in bozza, puoi modificarla nel modo desiderato. Tuttavia, se la tua fattura è convalidata, non puoi più cambiarla. Se hai bisogno di modificarlo, le operazioni giuste da fare sono:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 +msgid "Refund the original invoice;" +msgstr "Rimborsare la fattura originale;" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 +msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" +msgstr "Riconciliare la fattura originale con il rimborso per annullarli;" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" +msgstr "Creare una nuova bozza di fattura, una copia dell'originale;" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 +msgid "Validate the new invoice." +msgstr "Convalidare la nuova fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 +msgid "All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the Refund button on an invoice." +msgstr "Tutti questi passaggi sono automatizzati da Odoo. Tutto quello che devi fare è cliccare sul pulsante Rimborso su una fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 +msgid "In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice that is a duplicate of the original one." +msgstr "Nella finestra di dialogo del rimborso, seleziona l'opzione \"Modifica: crea un rimborso, riconcilia e crea una bozza di fattura \". Dopo aver fatto clic sul pulsante \"Crea rimborso \", Odoo annullerà la fattura esistente e creerà una nuova bozza di fattura che è una copia di quella originale." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 +msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." +msgstr "Modifica questa nuova bozza di fattura e convalidala quando è corretta." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 +msgid "if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the documents." +msgstr "se hai già inviato la fattura originale al tuo cliente, devi inviare la nuova fattura e il rimborso al cliente in modo che riceva tutti i documenti." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr ": Doc: `refund`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "Panoramica del processo di fatturazione" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)." +msgstr "A seconda della tua attività e dell'applicazione che usi, ci sono diversi modi per automatizzare la creazione della fattura del cliente in Odoo. Solitamente, le bozze di fatture vengono create dal sistema (con informazioni provenienti da altri documenti come ordini di vendita o contratti) e il contabile deve solo convalidare le bozze delle fatture e inviare le fatture in batch (tramite posta ordinaria o e-mail)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:" +msgstr "A seconda della tua attività, puoi scegliere uno dei seguenti modi per creare le bozze di fatture:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Ordine cliente ‣ Fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "Nella maggior parte delle aziende, i venditori creano quotazioni che diventano ordini di vendita una volta convalidati. Quindi, le bozze delle fatture vengono create in base all'ordine di vendita. Hai diverse opzioni come:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft invoice" +msgstr "Fattura manuale: utilizzare un pulsante nell'ordine di vendita per attivare la bozza della fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order" +msgstr "Fattura prima della consegna: fatturare l'intero ordine prima di attivare l'ordine di consegna" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "Fattura sulla base dell'ordine di consegna: vedere la prossima sezione" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "La fattura prima della consegna viene solitamente utilizzata dall'applicazione eCommerce quando il cliente paga l'ordine e consegniamo in seguito. (prepagato)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "Per la maggior parte degli altri casi d'uso, si consiglia di fatturare manualmente. Consente al venditore di attivare la fattura su richiesta con opzioni: fatturare l'intero ordine, fatturare una percentuale (anticipo), fatturare alcune righe, fatturare un anticipo fisso." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "Questo processo è positivo sia per i servizi che per i prodotti fisici." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Ordine cliente ‣ Ordine di consegna ‣ Fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)." +msgstr "Rivenditori ed eCommerce di solito fatturano in base agli ordini di consegna, invece di ordine di vendita. Questo approccio è adatto per le aziende in cui le quantità fornite possono differire dalle quantità ordinate: alimenti (fattura basata su Kg effettivi)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "In questo modo, se consegni un ordine parziale, emetti solo fattura per ciò che hai effettivamente consegnato. Se si effettuano ordini di ritorno (consegna parziale e il resto in seguito), il cliente riceverà due fatture, una per ogni ordine di consegna." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Ordine eCommerce ‣ Fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received." +msgstr "Un ordine eCommerce attiverà anche la creazione dell'ordine quando è completamente pagato. Se si consente di pagare gli ordini tramite assegno o bonifico bancario, Odoo crea solo un ordine e la fattura verrà attivata una volta ricevuto il pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "I contratti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "Contratti regolari ‣ Fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "Se si utilizzano contratti, è possibile attivare la fattura in base al tempo e al materiale speso, alle spese o alle linee fisse di servizi / prodotti. Ogni mese, il commerciale attiverà la fattura in base alle attività sul contratto." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "Le attività possono essere:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "prodotti / servizi fissi, provenienti da un ordine di vendita collegato a questo contratto" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +msgstr "materiali acquistati (che ti verranno ri-fatturati)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "tempo e materiale basato su timesheet o acquisti (subappalto)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +msgid "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "spese come viaggio e alloggio che si fatturano al cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +msgid "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices. This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they use a regular sales order." +msgstr "È possibile emettere fattura alla fine del contratto o attivare fatture intermedie. Questo approccio viene utilizzato dalle società di servizi che fatturano principalmente in base al tempo e al materiale. Per le società di servizi che fatturano il prezzo fisso, utilizzano un normale ordine di vendita." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "Contratti ricorrenti ‣ Fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract." +msgstr "Per gli abbonamenti, una fattura viene attivata periodicamente, automaticamente. La frequenza della fatturazione e i servizi / prodotti fatturati sono definiti nel contratto." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "Creazione manuale di una fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "Gli utenti possono anche creare fatture manualmente senza utilizzare contratti o un ordine di vendita. È un approccio consigliato se non è necessario gestire il processo di vendita (quotazioni) o la consegna dei prodotti o dei servizi." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "Anche se si genera la fattura da un ordine di vendita, potrebbe essere necessario creare manualmente le fatture in casi d'uso eccezionali:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "se è necessario creare un rimborso" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "Se hai bisogno di dare uno sconto" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "se è necessario modificare una fattura creata da un ordine di vendita" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "se hai bisogno di fatturare qualcosa non correlato al tuo core business" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "Moduli specifici" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "Alcuni moduli specifici sono anche in grado di generare bozze di fatture:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "**abbonamento**: fatturare i membri ogni anno" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "**riparazioni**: fatturate i vostri servizi post-vendita" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgstr "Come impostare e utilizzare i termini di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "I termini di pagamento definiscono le condizioni per pagare una fattura. Si applicano sia sulle fatture dei clienti sia sulle fatture dei fornitori." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +msgid "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment term but invoice conditions." +msgstr "I termini di pagamento sono diversi dalla fatturazione in diverse aree. Se, per un ordine specifico, fatturate il cliente in due parti, non si tratta di un termine di pagamento, ma di condizioni di fatturazione." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "Configura i tuoi soliti termini di pagamento dal menu Configurazione dell'applicazione Account. La descrizione del termine di pagamento è quella che appare sulla fattura o nell'ordine di vendita." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#, python-format +msgid "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within 3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly 100%)" +msgstr "Un termine di pagamento può avere una riga (es: 21 giorni) o più righe (10% entro 3 giorni e il saldo entro 21 giorni). Se crei un termine di pagamento con più righe, assicurati che l'ultimo sia il saldo. (evita di fare il 50% in 10 giorni e il 50% in 21 giorni perché, con l'arrotondamento, potrebbe non essere esattamente al 100%)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "Utilizzo dei termini di pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +msgstr "I termini di pagamento possono essere impostati su:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +msgstr "**un cliente**: per applicare automaticamente questo termine di pagamento su nuovi ordini di vendita o fatture per questo cliente. Impostare i termini di pagamento sui clienti se si concede questo termine di pagamento per tutti gli ordini futuri di questo cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +msgid "**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "**un preventivo**: per applicare questo termine di pagamento su tutte le fatture create da questo preventivo o ordine di vendita, ma non su altre quotazioni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +msgstr "**una fattura**: per applicare il termine di pagamento solo su questa fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce this journal entry:" +msgstr "Se una fattura ha un termine di pagamento, la registrazione sezionale relativa alla fattura è diversa. Senza termini di pagamento o imposte, una fattura di $ 100 produrrà questa registrazione sezionale:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +msgstr "Nell'estratto conto del cliente, vedrai due righe con date di scadenza differenti." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgstr "Termini di pagamento per fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +msgid "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date is enough." +msgstr "Il modo più semplice per gestire i termini di pagamento per le fatture dei fornitori è di registrare una data di scadenza sulla fattura. Non è necessario assegnare un termine di pagamento, è sufficiente la data di scadenza." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +msgid "But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact due date for all installments will be automatically created." +msgstr "Tuttavia, se è necessario gestire i termini del fornitore con diverse rate, è comunque possibile utilizzare i termini di pagamento, esattamente come nelle fatture cliente. Se si imposta un termine di pagamento sulla fattura fornitore, non è necessario impostare una data di scadenza. La data di scadenza esatta per tutte le rate verrà creata automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr ": Doc: `cash_discounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" +msgstr "Come modificare o rimborsare una fattura?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +msgid "In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +msgstr "In Odoo, non è possibile modificare una fattura che è stata convalidata e inviata al cliente. Se è stato commesso un errore su una fattura convalidata, il modo legale per gestirlo è quello di rimborsare la fattura, riconciliarla con la fattura originale per chiuderla e creare una nuova fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +msgstr "Modifica di una fattura convalidata" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +msgid "If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +msgstr "Se è necessario modificare una fattura esistente, utilizzare il pulsante Fattura rimborso sulla fattura. Nel campo Metodo di rimborso, seleziona \"Modifica: crea un rimborso, riconcilia e crea una nuova bozza di fattura \"." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +msgstr "Odoo automaticamente:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" +msgstr "Crea un rimborso per la tua fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +msgid "Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as Paid)" +msgstr "Riconciliare la fattura di rimborso con la fattura originale (contrassegnandola come Pagata)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" +msgstr "Crea una nuova bozza di fattura che puoi modificare" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +msgid "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +msgstr "Quindi, è possibile modificare la bozza della fattura e convalidarla una volta che è corretta." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +msgstr "Annullamento di una fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +msgid "If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund and reconcile\"." +msgstr "Se è necessario annullare una fattura esistente, utilizzare il pulsante Fattura rimborso sulla fattura. Nel campo Metodo di rimborso, seleziona \"Annulla: crea un rimborso e riconcilia \"." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +msgid "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +msgstr "Nient'altro deve essere fatto. Puoi inviare il rimborso tramite posta ordinaria o email al tuo cliente, se hai già inviato la fattura originale." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" +msgstr "Rimborso di una parte della fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +msgid "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft refund\"." +msgstr "Se è necessario rimborsare parzialmente una fattura esistente, utilizzare il pulsante Fattura rimborso sulla fattura. Nel campo del metodo di rimborso, seleziona \"Crea una bozza di rimborso \"." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +msgid "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund (example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then, send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." +msgstr "Odoo creerà automaticamente una bozza di rimborso. È possibile modificare il rimborso (esempio: rimuovere le righe che non si desidera rimborsare) e convalidarlo. Quindi, inviare il rimborso tramite posta ordinaria o e-mail al cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +msgid "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer payment refund." +msgstr "Il rimborso di una fattura è diverso dal rimborso di un pagamento. Di solito, una fattura di rimborso viene inviata prima che il cliente abbia effettuato un pagamento. Se il cliente ha già pagato, dovrebbe essere rimborsato effettuando un rimborso del pagamento del cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Pagamenti del cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "Come registrare i pagamenti dei clienti tramite assegni?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "Esistono due modi per gestire i pagamenti ricevuti tramite assegni. Odoo supporta entrambi gli approcci in modo da poter utilizzare quello che meglio si adatta alle tue abitudini." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "**Fondi non protetti:** una volta ricevuto l'assegno, si registra un pagamento tramite assegno sulla fattura. (utilizzando un sezionale assegni e pubblicato sul conto del fondo non coperto) Quindi, una volta che l'assegno arriva nel proprio conto bancario, trasferire denaro da fondi non protetti sul proprio conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry." +msgstr "**Solo una registrazione sezionale:** una volta ricevuto l'assegno, si registra un pagamento sulla propria banca, pagato tramite assegno, senza passare attraverso i **fondi non richiesti**. Una volta elaborato il tuo estratto conto, esegui l'abbinamento con il tuo feed bancario e il pagamento dell'assegno, senza creare una registrazione sezionale dedicata." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "Raccomandiamo il primo approccio in quanto è più accurato (il saldo del tuo conto bancario è accurato, tenendo conto degli assegni contabili che non sono ancora stati incassati). Entrambi gli approcci richiedono lo stesso sforzo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "Anche se il primo metodo è più pulito, Odoo supporta il secondo approccio perché alcuni contabili sono abituati (quickbook e utenti peachtree)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "È possibile dare un'occhiata alla funzione * Ticket di deposito * se si depositano più assegni sui propri conti bancari in batch." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "Opzione 1: fondi non protetti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "Crea un sezionale **Assegni**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "Imposta **Assegni non richiesti** come un account di credito / debito predefinito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "Imposta il conto bancario relativo a questo giornale come **Consenti riconciliazione**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "Dai pagamenti con assegno agli estratti conto bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "Il primo modo per gestire gli assegni è creare un sezionale per gli assegni. Pertanto, gli assegni diventano di per sé un metodo di pagamento e registrerete due transazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on **Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "Una volta ricevuto un assegno cliente, vai alla relativa fattura e fai clic su **Registra pagamento**. Inserisci le informazioni sul pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "Metodo di pagamento: Sezionale assegni (configurato con i conti di debito e di credito predefiniti come **Fondi non protetti**)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "Memo: scrivi il numero di Verifica" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "Questa operazione produrrà la seguente Registrazione sezionale:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "Partita informativa" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100.00" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "Fondi non depositati" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "La fattura è contrassegnata come pagata non appena si registra l'assegno." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "Quindi, una volta ottenuti gli estratti conto bancari, abbinerete questa dichiarazione con l'assegno che si trova in fondi non protetti." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "Se si utilizza questo approccio per gestire gli assegni ricevuti, si ottiene l'elenco degli assegni che non sono stati incassati nell'account **Undeposit Funds** (accessibile, ad esempio, dalla contabilità generale)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank account." +msgstr "Entrambi i metodi produrranno gli stessi dati nella contabilità alla fine del processo. Ma se hai degli assegni che non sono stati incassati, questo è più pulito perché quegli assegni non sono ancora stati segnalati sul tuo conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "Opzione 2: solo una registrazione sezionale" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this method." +msgstr "Questi non sono nulla da configurare se si pianifica di gestire i propri assegni utilizzando questo metodo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "**Metodo di pagamento:** la banca che verrà utilizzata per il deposito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "Memo: scrivi il numero di assegno" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "Una volta ricevuti gli estratti conto bancari, eseguirai l'abbinamento con la dichiarazione e questo pagamento effettivo. (tecnicamente: indica questo pagamento e collegalo alla riga dell'istruzione)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +msgid "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "Con questo approccio, otterrai la seguente voce di sezionale nei tuoi libri:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "È inoltre possibile registrare il pagamento direttamente senza procedere con la fattura del cliente, utilizzando il menu: menu selection: `Vendite -> Pagamenti». Questo metodo può essere più comodo se si hanno molti assegni da registrare in un batch ma occorrerà riconciliare le voci in seguito (corrispondenti pagamenti con fatture)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report **Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "Se si utilizza questo approccio per gestire gli assegni ricevuti, è possibile utilizzare il report **Rapporto di riconciliazione bancaria** per verificare quali assegni sono stati ricevuti o pagati dalla banca. (questo rapporto è disponibile dall'opzione **Altro** dal pannello di controllo Accounting sul relativo conto bancario)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "Come registrare i pagamenti con carta di credito sulle fatture?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "Ci sono due modi per gestire i pagamenti ricevuti dalle carte di credito. Odoo supporta entrambi gli approcci in modo da poter utilizzare quello che meglio si adatta alle tue abitudini." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "**Fondi non protetti** (utilizzati principalmente nei paesi europei): una volta ricevuta l'autorizzazione per il pagamento con carta di credito, si registra un pagamento tramite carta di credito sulla fattura (utilizzando un giornale della carta di credito e pubblicato sul conto del Fondo non coperto). Quindi, una volta che i pagamenti con carta di credito arrivano sul tuo conto bancario, trasferisci denaro dal Fondo non depositato sul tuo conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card, without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "**Solo una registrazione sezionale** (utilizzata principalmente negli Stati Uniti): una volta ricevuto il pagamento con carta di credito, si registra un pagamento sulla propria banca, pagato con carta di credito, senza passare attraverso i fondi non protetti. Una volta elaborato il tuo estratto conto, esegui l'abbinamento con il tuo feed bancario e il pagamento con carta di credito, senza creare una registrazione sezionale dedicata." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "Raccomandiamo il primo approccio in quanto è più preciso (il saldo del tuo conto bancario è accurato, tenendo conto delle carte di credito che non sono ancora state incassate). Entrambi gli approcci richiedono lo stesso sforzo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second approach." +msgstr "Se utilizzi eCommerce e un gateway di pagamento automatizzato, dovrai solo occuparti della parte relativa alla riconciliazione bancaria poiché la fattura pagata verrà automaticamente registrata nel giornale corretto. Utilizzerai il secondo approccio." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* users)." +msgstr "Anche se il primo metodo è più pulito, Odoo supporta il secondo approccio perché alcuni contabili sono abituati (utenti QuickBooks * e * Peachtree *)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals --> Create`" +msgstr "Sul modulo Contabilità, vai a: menuelezione: `Configurazione -> Riviste -> Crea`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "Crea un sezionale chiamato 'pagamenti con carta di credito' con i seguenti dati:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "**Nome journal**: carta di credito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "**Conto di addebito predefinito**: carte di credito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "**Conto di accredito predefinito**: carte di credito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "Il tipo di account deve essere \"Carta di credito \". Una volta fatto, non dimenticare di impostare l'account \"Carte di credito \" come \"Consenti riconciliazione \"." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "Dai pagamenti con carta di credito agli estratti conto bancari" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "Il primo modo di gestire le carte di credito è quello di creare un giornale di carta di credito. Pertanto, le carte di credito diventano di per sé un metodo di pagamento e registrerai due transazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +msgid "Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "Una volta ricevuto il pagamento con la carta di credito del cliente, vai alla relativa fattura e fai clic su Registra pagamento. Inserisci le informazioni sul pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "**Metodo di pagamento**: carta di credito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "**Memo**: scrivere il riferimento della fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "Carte di credito." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "La fattura è contrassegnata come pagata non appena si registra il pagamento con carta di credito." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "Quindi, una volta ottenuti gli estratti conto bancari, corrisponderai a questa dichiarazione con la carta di credito che si trova nel conto 'Carta di credito'." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "Carta di credito." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "Se si utilizza questo approccio per gestire i pagamenti con carte di credito, si ottiene l'elenco dei pagamenti con carte di credito che non sono stati incassati nell'account \"Carta di credito\" (accessibile, ad esempio, dalla contabilità generale)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +msgid "Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your bank account." +msgstr "Entrambi i metodi produrranno gli stessi dati nella contabilità alla fine del processo. Ma se hai carte di credito che non sono state incassate, questo è più pulito perché quelle carte di credito non sono ancora state segnalate sul tuo conto bancario." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +msgid "There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using this method." +msgstr "Non c'è nulla da configurare se pensi di gestire le tue carte di credito usando questo metodo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "**Metodo di pagamento**: la banca che verrà utilizzata per il deposito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "**Memo**: scrivere il numero di transazione della carta di credito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "La fattura è contrassegnata come pagata non appena il pagamento con carta di credito è stato registrato. Una volta ricevuti gli estratti conto bancari, eseguirai l'abbinamento con la dichiarazione e questo pagamento effettivo (tecnicamente: punta questo pagamento e collegalo alla riga dell'istruzione)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +msgid "You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)." +msgstr "Puoi anche registrare il pagamento direttamente senza andare sulla fattura del cliente, utilizzando il menu in alto: menu selection: `Vendite -> Pagamenti`. Questo metodo può essere più comodo se si hanno molte carte di credito da registrare in un batch, ma in seguito sarà necessario riconciliare le voci (corrispondendo i pagamenti con le fatture)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +msgid "If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "Se si utilizza questo approccio per gestire le carte di credito ricevute, è possibile utilizzare il rapporto \"Rapporto di riconciliazione bancaria \" per verificare quali carte di credito sono state ricevute o pagate dalla banca (questo rapporto è disponibile dall'opzione \"Altro\" da il pannello di controllo sul conto bancario correlato)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ": Doc: `recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ": Doc: `../../ banca / feeds / paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ": Doc: `followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" +msgstr "Come essere pagato e organizzare i follow-up dei clienti?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." +msgstr "Essere pagati e organizzare i promemoria dei clienti è sempre un compito difficile, tuttavia è fondamentale per la salute dell'azienda rimanere diligente sui crediti in essere. Fortunatamente, Odoo fornisce gli strumenti giusti per tenere traccia dei crediti, automatizzare le dichiarazioni dei clienti e misurare le prestazioni." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 +msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" +msgstr "Follow-up dei clienti: una guida passo passo" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 +msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" +msgstr "Pulizia dei pagamenti in sospeso" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding balances." +msgstr "Se si dispone di transazioni non riconciliate nel proprio conto bancario, sarà necessario elaborarle prima di iniziare l'analisi delle dichiarazioni dei clienti. Ciò garantisce di aver registrato tutti gli ultimi pagamenti dei clienti prima di inviare promemoria a tutti i clienti con saldi eccezionali." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 +msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" +msgstr "Verifica del rapporto dei crediti scaduti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 +msgid "After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open invoices." +msgstr "Dopo aver riconciliato tutti i tuoi conti bancari, è possibile generare un rapporto accurato dei crediti scaduti dal menu Report. Questo rapporto mostrerà tutti i clienti e i loro saldi in sospeso sulle fatture aperte." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 +msgid "The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus your efforts on the appropriate customers." +msgstr "Il report visualizza queste informazioni in incrementi di tempo per meglio dipingere un'immagine dei saldi in sospeso dei tuoi clienti e per quanto tempo hanno detenuto questi saldi in sospeso. È quindi possibile concentrare opportunamente i propri sforzi sui clienti appropriati." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also known as the **Customer Statement**." +msgstr "È quindi possibile selezionare uno qualsiasi dei clienti in questo elenco e Odoo aprirà i dettagli della propria fattura nella forma della lettera di follow-up del cliente, nota anche come **Customer Statement**." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 +msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" +msgstr "Dall'estratto conto del cliente, puoi:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 +msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" +msgstr "Cambia e personalizza il messaggio che viene inviato al cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 +msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" +msgstr "Invia un'email di promemoria al cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 +msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" +msgstr "Invia una lettera di sollecito stampata al cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 +msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" +msgstr "Invia promemoria automatici stampati utilizzando la nostra integrazione Docsaway" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 +msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" +msgstr "Ingrandisci le diverse fatture o pagamenti aperti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 +msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" +msgstr "Rimuovere una fattura o un pagamento dal rapporto (in caso di conflitto)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 +msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" +msgstr "Registra eventuali note di chiamata fatte al cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 +msgid "Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" +msgstr "Pianifica la tua prossima attività di follow-up per non perdere i pagamenti dei clienti (es. Richiamati tra 15 giorni se non vengono effettuati i pagamenti)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice. Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define automated actions and intervals to send reminders." +msgstr "È possibile impostare promemoria per quando si desidera contattare il cliente in particolare. Selezionando **Manuale** si aprirà lo strumento di pianificazione successiva, mentre selezionando **Auto** automaticamente si consiglia di contattare il cliente a 15 giorni da tale data se il cliente non ha ancora pagato la fattura. L'installazione del modulo **Follow-Up Plans** ti consentirà di definire azioni e intervalli automatici per l'invio di promemoria." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 +msgid "If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next reminder button at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "Se hai già inviato un promemoria a un cliente alcuni giorni fa, verrà visualizzato un messaggio di avviso nella parte superiore dello schermo, per ricordarti che non devi inviare un altro promemoria così presto poiché uno è già stato inviato di recente. Ogni volta che si registra una nota, Odoo imposterà automaticamente la data del promemoria successivo, a meno che non si scelga di impostarla manualmente selezionando il pulsante di promemoria successivo nella parte in alto a destra dello schermo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 +msgid "You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." +msgstr "È inoltre possibile specificare direttamente la data di pagamento prevista su una riga della fattura, quindi definire il promemoria successivo nel caso in cui la fattura non sia stata pagata." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 +msgid "Sending customer statements" +msgstr "Invio di dichiarazioni dei clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 +msgid "Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Statements`." +msgstr "Invia i promemoria dei tuoi clienti in gruppi nel menu: menu-selezione: `Vendite -> Dichiarazioni clienti»." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 +msgid "Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next action date for the next time they'll be contacted." +msgstr "Qui Odoo aprirà tutte le dichiarazioni che attendono di essere elaborate, che è determinata dall'ultimo sollecito ricevuto. È possibile scegliere di elaborarli uno per uno, inviare più lettere o e-mail in lotti o impostare una data di azione successiva per la prossima volta che verranno contattati." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 +msgid "If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at particular customer based after their next action date." +msgstr "Se una fattura non è stata ancora pagata, Odoo ti ricorderà di contattare un determinato cliente in base alla sua prossima data di azione." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 +msgid "You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based on:" +msgstr "È possibile accedere quotidianamente al report dell'estratto conto e Odoo visualizzerà solo i clienti che è necessario contattare in un dato giorno. Questo è basato su:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 +msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" +msgstr "Clienti da cui non hai ancora ricevuto un pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 +msgid "Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then the next action date set at every reminder)" +msgstr "Clienti che non sono stati richiamati negli ultimi X giorni (\"X \" viene definito come la data scaduta della fattura dopo il primo sollecito, quindi la prossima data dell'azione impostata ad ogni promemoria)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 +msgid "Setting up your dunning process" +msgstr "Impostazione del processo di sollecito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 +msgid "The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning process." +msgstr "Il modulo **Gestione dei pagamenti successivi** consente di definire piani di sollecito. Dopo averlo installato dal menu **Apps**, vai al menu **Livelli di follow-up** nella configurazione contabile per impostare il processo di sollecito." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 +msgid "Some Examples are:" +msgstr "Alcuni esempi sono:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 +msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" +msgstr "**Email**: 3 giorni prima della data scaduta" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" +msgstr "**Email + Lettera**: alla data scaduta" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 +msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "**Email + Call**: 15 giorni dopo la data di scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "**Email + Lettera**: 60 giorni dopo la data di scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 +msgid "Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed based on your configured follow-up plan." +msgstr "Grazie a questo modulo, è possibile inviare ogni e-mail e lettere in lotti per tutti i clienti contemporaneamente. Il prossimo promemoria verrà calcolato automaticamente in base al piano di follow-up configurato." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 +msgid "The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." +msgstr "Il modulo aggiungerà anche un punto rosso / verde a ciascun cliente, ciò consentirà di contrassegnare facilmente lo stato del cliente con le seguenti opzioni: \"Debitore buono, Debitore normale o cattivo debitore." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 +msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" +msgstr "DSO: misurare le tue prestazioni" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 +msgid "The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." +msgstr "Il DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) è una misura del numero medio di giorni che una società impiega per raccogliere entrate dopo che è stata effettuata una vendita. Il DSO viene calcolato dividendo l'ammontare dei crediti esigibili durante un determinato periodo per il valore totale delle vendite di crediti durante lo stesso periodo e moltiplicando il risultato per il numero di giorni nel periodo misurato." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 +msgid "You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." +msgstr "È possibile ottenere il DSO della propria azienda dal report Riepilogo esecutivo in Reporting (controllare i giorni medi dei debitori KPI)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "Quali sono i diversi modi per registrare un pagamento?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "In Odoo, un pagamento può essere collegato direttamente a una fattura o essere un record autonomo da utilizzare in una data successiva:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "Se un pagamento è collegato a una fattura, riduce l'importo dovuto della fattura. Puoi avere più pagamenti collegati alla stessa fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or bills." +msgstr "Se un pagamento non è collegato a una fattura, il cliente ha un credito eccezionale con la tua azienda o la tua azienda come saldo in sospeso con un venditore. È possibile utilizzare questo credito / debito in sospeso per pagare fatture o fatture future." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "Pagamento di una fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount due." +msgstr "Se si registra un pagamento su una fattura cliente o una fattura fornitore, il pagamento viene automaticamente riconciliato con la fattura riducendo l'importo dovuto." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile the payment." +msgstr "L'icona verde vicino alla linea di pagamento mostrerà più informazioni sul pagamento. Da lì puoi scegliere di aprire la registrazione sezionale o riconciliare il pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +msgid "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "Se decidi di annullare un pagamento, è ancora registrato nei tuoi libri ma non è più collegato alla fattura specifica. Se si annulla la riconciliazione di un pagamento in una valuta diversa, Odoo creerà una registrazione sezionale per invertire la perdita / il guadagno di cambio valuta pubblicato al momento della riconciliazione." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "Pagamenti non legati a una fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "Registrazione di un pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +msgid "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "Nell'applicazione Contabilità, è possibile creare un nuovo pagamento dal menu Vendite (registrare un pagamento cliente) o dal menu Acquisti (pagare un fornitore). Se si utilizzano questi menu, il pagamento non è collegato a una fattura, ma può essere facilmente riconciliato in una fattura in un secondo momento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +msgid "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this document in the memo field." +msgstr "Quando si registra un nuovo pagamento, è necessario selezionare un cliente o fornitore, il metodo di pagamento e l'importo del pagamento. La valuta della transazione è definita dal metodo di pagamento. Se il pagamento si riferisce a un documento (ordine di vendita, ordine di acquisto o fattura), impostare il riferimento di questo documento nel campo memo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +msgid "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "Una volta confermato, verrà inserita una registrazione sezionale che riflette la transazione appena effettuata nell'applicazione di contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "Riconciliare i pagamenti delle fatture" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +msgid "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the invoice directly." +msgstr "Il modo più semplice per riconciliare un pagamento con una fattura è farlo direttamente sulla fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +msgid "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under \"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "Quando convalida una nuova fattura, Odoo ti avviserà che è disponibile un pagamento in sospeso per questo cliente o fornitore. In questo caso, puoi riconciliare questo pagamento con la fattura vicino ai totali nella parte inferiore, sotto \"Pagamenti eccezionali \"." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "Riconciliazione di tutti i pagamenti e fatture in sospeso" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +msgid "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once (instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation feature within Odoo." +msgstr "Se si desidera riconciliare tutti i pagamenti in sospeso e le fatture contemporaneamente (anziché eseguirne uno alla volta), è possibile utilizzare la funzionalità di riconciliazione batch in Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +msgid "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "La funzione di riconciliazione batch è disponibile dalla dashboard sulla carta Fatture cliente e sulla carta Fatture fornitore per riconciliare rispettivamente Contabilità clienti e Debito." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +msgid "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "Lo strumento di abbinamento pagamenti aprirà tutti i clienti o i fornitori non riconciliati e ti darà l'opportunità di elaborarli tutti uno per uno, facendo contemporaneamente la corrispondenza di tutti i loro pagamenti e fatture." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +msgid "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "Durante la riconciliazione, se la somma dei debiti e dei crediti non corrisponde, significa che c'è ancora un saldo residuo che deve essere riconciliato in un secondo momento, o che deve essere ammortizzato direttamente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "Trasferimento di denaro da un conto bancario a un altro" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +msgid "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "Proprio come fare un pagamento cliente o fornitore, trasferisci contanti internamente tra i tuoi conti bancari dalla dashboard o dai menu in alto." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +msgid "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making payments." +msgstr "Questo ti porterà alla stessa schermata che hai per ricevere ed effettuare pagamenti." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +msgid "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "Quando si effettua un trasferimento interno da un conto bancario a un altro, selezionare la banca da cui si desidera applicare il trasferimento dalla dashboard e nella schermata dei pagamenti registrati, selezionare il trasferimento sul conto. Non ripassare più questo processo nell'altro conto bancario, altrimenti finirai con due registrazioni sezionale per la stessa transazione." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr ": Doc: `credit_cards`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid?" +msgstr "Come essere pagato" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 +msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" +msgstr "Come automatizzare i follow-up dei clienti con i piani?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 +msgid "With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." +msgstr "Con l'applicazione Contabilità di Odoo, si ottiene un rapporto di credito invecchiato dinamico, le dichiarazioni dei clienti e si possono facilmente inviare ai clienti." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 +msgid "If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." +msgstr "Se si desidera andare oltre nell'automazione del processo di recupero crediti, è possibile utilizzare piani di follow-up. Ti aiuteranno ad automatizzare tutti i passaggi per essere pagati, attivandoli al momento giusto: inviare le dichiarazioni dei clienti tramite e-mail, inviare lettere regolari (tramite l'integrazione Docsaway), creare un'attività per chiamare manualmente il cliente, ecc ..." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 +msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" +msgstr "Ecco un esempio di un piano:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "When?" +msgstr "Quando?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "What?" +msgstr "Cosa?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "Who?" +msgstr "Chi?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "3 days before due date" +msgstr "3 giorni prima della scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "Email" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "automated" +msgstr "Automato" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "1 day after due date" +msgstr "1 giorno dopo la data di scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "Email + Regular Letter" +msgstr "Email + Lettera normale" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "15 days after due date" +msgstr "15 giorni dopo la data di scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "Call the customer" +msgstr "Chiama il cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "John Mac Gregor" +msgstr "John Mac Gregor" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "35 days after due date" +msgstr "35 giorni dopo la data di scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "Email + Letter + Call" +msgstr "Email + Lettera + Chiama" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "60 days after due date" +msgstr "60 giorni dopo la data di scadenza" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Formal notice" +msgstr "Avviso formale" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Bailiff" +msgstr "Ufficiale giudiziario" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 +msgid "Install Reminder Module" +msgstr "Installa il modulo Promemoria" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 +msgid "You must start by activating the feature, using the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up management**." +msgstr "È necessario iniziare attivando la funzione, utilizzando il menu: menu selection: `Configurazione -> Impostazioni` dell'applicazione Contabilità. Dalla schermata delle impostazioni, attivare la funzione **Abilita gestione follow-up dei pagamenti**." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 +msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" +msgstr "Definire i livelli di follow-up dei pagamenti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 +msgid "To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." +msgstr "Per automatizzare i follow-up dei clienti, è necessario configurare i livelli di follow-up utilizzando il menu: menu selection: `Contabilità -> Configurazione -> Follow-up dei pagamenti`. È necessario definire uno e un solo piano di follow-up per azienda." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 +msgid "The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." +msgstr "I livelli di follow-up sono relativi alla data di scadenza; quando non è specificato alcun termine di pagamento, la data della fattura sarà considerata come la data di scadenza." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 +msgid "For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which will automatically be added into the reminder letter." +msgstr "Per ciascun livello, è necessario definire il numero di giorni e creare una nota che verrà automaticamente aggiunta alla lettera di sollecito." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 +msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" +msgstr "Odoo definisce diverse azioni per ogni promemoria:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 +msgid "**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" +msgstr "**Azione manuale:** assegnare un responsabile che dovrà chiamare il cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 +msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" +msgstr "**Invia un'e-mail:** invia un'email al cliente utilizzando il testo fornito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 +msgid "**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" +msgstr "**Invia una lettera:** invia una lettera per posta ordinaria, utilizzando la nota fornita" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 +msgid "As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January 1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." +msgstr "Poiché è necessario fornire un numero di giorni relativo alla data di scadenza, è possibile utilizzare un numero negativo. Ad esempio, se viene emessa una fattura il 1 ° gennaio ma la data di scadenza è il 20 gennaio, se si imposta un promemoria 3 giorni prima della data di scadenza, il cliente può ricevere un'email nel 17 gennaio." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 +msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" +msgstr "Fare i tuoi follow-up settimanali" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 +msgid "Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting application." +msgstr "Una volta che tutto è pronto, Odoo preparerà automaticamente lettere di follow-up ed e-mail per te. Tutto quello che devi fare è accedere al menu: menuelezione: `Vendite -> Dichiarazione clienti 'nell'applicazione di contabilità." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 +msgid "Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you defined, invoices to pay and payment received." +msgstr "Odoo ti proporrà automaticamente le azioni in base al piano di follow-up che hai definito, alle fatture da pagare e al pagamento ricevuto." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 +msgid "You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have much more work once you do it." +msgstr "È possibile utilizzare questo menu ogni giorno, una volta alla settimana o una volta al mese. Non rischi di inviare due volte lo stesso promemoria al tuo cliente. Odoo ti propone solo l'azione che devi fare. Se lo fai ogni giorno, avrai poche chiamate da fare al giorno. Se lo fai una volta al mese, avrai molto più lavoro dopo averlo fatto." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 +msgid "It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." +msgstr "Spetta a te organizzare il modo in cui desideri lavorare. Ma è una buona pratica per riconciliare le vostre dichiarazioni bancarie prima di lanciare i follow-up. In questo modo, tutte le fatture pagate saranno riconciliate e non invierai una lettera di follow-up a un cliente che ha già pagato la sua fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 +msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" +msgstr "Da una proposta di follow-up del cliente, puoi:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 +msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" +msgstr "Richiedi le informazioni sul cliente per contattarlo" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 +msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" +msgstr "Esamina il modulo di informazioni del cliente facendo clic sul suo nome" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 +msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" +msgstr "Cambia il testo (o l'e-mail o la lettera) e adattalo al cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 +msgid "Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad debtor" +msgstr "Cambia il punto colorato per contrassegnare il cliente come un debitore buono, normale o cattivo" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 +msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" +msgstr "Registra una nota sei tu che chiami il cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 +msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" +msgstr "Escludere alcune fatture dalla tabella dell'istruzione (contenzioso)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 +msgid "Send an email with the statement" +msgstr "Invia una mail con la dichiarazione" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 +msgid "Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway integration)" +msgstr "Stampa una lettera o invia una posta normale (se hai installato l'integrazione di Docsaway)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 +msgid "Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" +msgstr "Pianifica il prossimo promemoria (ma è meglio mantenere la modalità automatica in modo che Odoo si attenga al piano di follow-up dell'azienda)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 +msgid "Drill down to an invoice" +msgstr "Esegui il drill down su una fattura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 +msgid "Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" +msgstr "Modifica la data di pagamento prevista di una fattura (quindi, con un impatto sulla prossima volta che Odoo ti proporrà di inviare un promemoria)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 +msgid "You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer statement." +msgstr "Puoi forzare una dichiarazione del cliente, anche se Odoo non ti propone di farlo, perché non è ancora la data giusta. Per fare ciò, si dovrebbe andare al rapporto Aged Receivable (nel menu del report dell'applicazione Accounting). Da questo rapporto, è possibile fare clic su un cliente per ottenere la sua dichiarazione del cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 +msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" +msgstr "Come escludere una fattura dal follow up automatico?" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 +msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," +msgstr "Per visualizzare tutte le **fatture scadute** o **in caso di necessità**," + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" +msgstr "Vai a: menuelezione: `Contabilità -> Vendite -> Dichiarazione clienti" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" +msgstr "Escludere una fattura specifica per una data specifica" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 +msgid "Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the required date according to the current date." +msgstr "Odoo può escludere una fattura dalle azioni di follow-up per una data specifica facendo clic su **Registra una nota**, quindi scegli una delle opzioni pronte (* una settimana *, * due settimane *, * un mese *, * due mesi *), Quindi Odoo calcolerà la data richiesta in base alla data corrente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 +msgid "Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment date and note." +msgstr "Un altro modo per ottenerlo è il seguente: fare clic sulla fattura richiesta, quindi selezionare **Modifica data / nota di pagamento prevista**, quindi inserire una nuova data e nota di pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" +msgstr "Escludere una fattura specifica per sempre" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 +msgid "Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the checkbox **Excluded**" +msgstr "Odoo può escludere una fattura per un cliente specifico facendo clic sulla casella di controllo **Escluso**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 +msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." +msgstr "Se fai clic su **Cronologia**, puoi vedere tutte le azioni successive." diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13d368cd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/business.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/business.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f180664c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/business.po @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../business.rst:3 +msgid "Business Mementoes" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ae2b0e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,2557 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to" +" generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is " +"needed to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as " +"kind of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The " +"*Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. " +"Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client" +" ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to " +"get the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " +"credentials in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The" +" first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click" +" it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 +msgid "Leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo" +" CRM `. One of them is using your company's generic email address" +" as a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of " +"your sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects " +"can reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct" +" team is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will " +"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " +"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the " +":menuselection:`Settings module --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 +msgid "Set up team alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " +"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for " +"your existing sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " +"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access" +" the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email " +"alias and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from " +"everyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new " +"lead into the related sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 +msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic " +"email alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new " +"contact in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all " +"email domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " +"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the" +" screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " +"activated in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`website`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for " +"instance for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV " +"file. You may be wondering if the best option is to import your contacts " +"as leads or opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and " +"workflow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " +"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are " +"merely an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended " +"(start from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer " +"relationship management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If" +" your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free " +"to activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import " +"your database as leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 +msgid "Activate the lead stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " +"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use " +"leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Leads` from which you will be able to import your contacts from the " +"**Import** button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click " +"here `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 +msgid "Import your CSV file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** " +"and select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. " +"Make sure its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the " +"correct File format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match " +"your local settings and display your columns properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you " +"can easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice" +" / LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 +msgid "Select rows to import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " +"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " +"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when " +"the file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to" +" describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last " +"Name, Email, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, " +"make sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to " +"indicate whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or " +"as an opportunity (type = Opportunity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that " +"everything seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click" +" the Import button: the same validations will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " +"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " +"Import tool on the same window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can " +"be either a lead or an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, " +"go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " +"option \"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " +"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able " +"to create a new contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 +msgid "Create a new lead" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession " +"(contact name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional " +"information in the **Internal notes** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 +msgid "" +"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and " +"salesperson by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left " +"corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43 +msgid "Create a new opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " +"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your " +"dashboard and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team." +" If you don't have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first" +" <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill" +" in the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly " +"created opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a " +"specific stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a " +"meeting and you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his " +"contact details on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From " +"the Kanban view of your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the " +"right of your stage to create the contact. The new opportunity will then " +"pop up into the corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact " +"details by clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With " +"your website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, " +"you will naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a " +"prospect lands on your website, your objective is to capture his " +"information in order to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him" +" further down the sales funnel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 +msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " +"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or " +"a blog post)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " +"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " +"phone number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo" +" CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the " +"lead generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and " +"optimize those critical elements without having to code or to use third-" +"party applications. Learn more `here `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that " +"you can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. " +"However, even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still" +" possible to fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " +"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the " +"option of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as " +"leads rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use " +"leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows" +" is still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 +msgid "From an Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about " +"your website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who " +"wants to know more about your company's products and services is actually" +" leaving his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between " +"its CRM and Website modules, you can easily automate your lead " +"acquisition process thanks to the **contact form** and the **form " +"builder** modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 +msgid "" +"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by " +"collecting your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or " +"Newsletter Popup CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your " +"Email Marketing's mailing list. Learn more `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " +"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " +"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you" +" use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll " +"be able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 +msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " +"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. " +"It will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " +"generate a lead from forms submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" +"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " +"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " +"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated " +"to your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning " +"that all data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and " +"will create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " +"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " +"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the" +" other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. " +"As a salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead " +"into an opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 +msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " +"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, " +"the Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has" +" completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 +msgid "" +"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " +"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you" +" will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to " +"your desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available " +"snippets. The Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear" +" on your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the " +"**Action** drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically " +"create a lead in Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of " +"the page you want to redirect your visitor after the form being submitted" +" (if you don't add any URL, the message \"The form has been sent " +"successfully\" will confirm the submission)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on" +" **Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " +"options will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters " +"and change the configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 +msgid "" +"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo" +" CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field " +"*Country*, the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* " +"field in the CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 +msgid "" +"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist " +"by default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" " +"within the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, " +"text, decimal number, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 +msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 +msgid "From another CMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your " +"online lead generation process using email gateways by editing the " +"\"Submit\" button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto " +"corresponding to your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias " +":doc:`here `)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 +msgid "" +"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, " +"add ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code " +"(CTRL+K) to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 +msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch " +"your incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific " +"salespeople. Here are a few example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions." +" You will want to assign leads based on the region;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " +"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to " +"assign leads based on the company size;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 +msgid "" +"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign " +"languages while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you " +"will want to assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-" +"speaking countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals " +"can be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates " +"a high volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to " +"automate the process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such " +"as location, interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and " +"precise rules, you will be able to distribute all your opportunities " +"automatically to the right sales teams and/or salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team" +" nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " +"<../../overview/started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it if it's not the case already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 +msgid "Define rules for a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** " +"button of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have" +" any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " +"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain " +"rule (for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module" +" tutorial " +"`__ " +"or `Syntax reference guide " +"`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " +"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 +msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to " +"your leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with " +"a score under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter " +"projects and the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read " +"more on :doc:`how to score leads here `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 +msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign" +" leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I " +"want Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads " +"coming from Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign " +"him leads from that country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson" +" of your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in " +"the *Domain* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned " +"to a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment " +"rule of your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales " +"team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based" +" on specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the " +"prospect is \"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are " +"automatically assigned to your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted" +" with poor-quality opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " +"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " +"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall " +"conversion rate and your sales team's efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 +msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 +msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " +"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have " +"set (country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To " +"do so you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a " +"given criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use " +"these two methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " +"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " +"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher " +"score than a prospect coming from New York." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " +"opportunities and most important clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " +"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " +"getting the desired result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 +msgid "" +"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " +"`official python documentation `__ " +"for more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all" +" the leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a " +"**value** and ``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 +msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 +msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 +msgid "" +"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email " +"addresses) : ``'email_from'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 +msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 +msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 +msgid "" +"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new" +" incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 +msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " +"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " +"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to " +"your **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired" +" sales team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum " +"score** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " +"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " +"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales " +"team which has set up a different minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in " +"order to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a " +"sales-ready lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Installation and Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 +msgid "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly" +" `there `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is" +" enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with " +"the srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press" +" x). You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you " +"can run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip " +"address or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings " +"very well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in " +"/etc/asterisk/. Start by editing http.conf and make sure that the " +"following lines are uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to" +" allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under " +"the peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously" +" in the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the " +"secret you chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's " +"phone is not a required field but it is used if you want to transfer your" +" call from Odoo to an external phone also configured in the sip.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the " +"title \"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the " +"http.conf file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The " +"part \"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and " +"the \"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. " +"I sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a " +"good salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be " +"productive and organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. " +"Thanks to a well structured organization you'll change a good team into " +"an exceptional team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I " +"log in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance." +" But also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last" +" month. I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my " +"invoicing target of $200,000. I have a structured approach of my " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions" +" and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. " +"Once I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The " +"process is the same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find " +"resellers and before closing any deal we have to go through different " +"stages. We usually have a first contact to qualify the opportunity, then " +"move into offer & negotiation stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's" +" if all goes well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " +"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department " +"store. I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, " +"I have a form view where I can access to all necessary information about " +"the contact. I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of" +" $50,000 and a success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this " +"partnership, so I will schedule a meeting straight from the contact form:" +" Macy's partnership meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with" +" any contact. I can as well send an email straight from the opportunity " +"form and the answer from the prospect will simply pop up in the system " +"too. Now, let's assume that the meeting took place, therefore I can mark " +"it as done. And the system automatically suggests a next activity. " +"Actually, we configured Odoo with a set of typical activities we follow " +"for every opportunity, and it's great to have a thorough followup. The " +"next activity will be a follow-up email. Browsing from one screen to the " +"other is really simple and adapting to the view too! I can see my " +"opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and" +" me and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my " +"sales pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 +msgid "" +"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I" +" can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected " +"revenue as discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I " +"will create a new quotation based on the feedback I received from my " +"contact. For my existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the " +"activity around them for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss " +"about them. It's that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or " +"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete " +"view of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the" +" reports in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the " +"evolution of the leads over the past months, or have a look at the " +"potential revenues and the performance of the different teams in terms of" +" conversions from leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can" +" have a clear reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or " +"favorites. I can search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I " +"want to go in the details, I choose the list view and can click on any " +"item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " +"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, " +"but also allows me to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may " +"have gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. " +"Those leads can then be converted into opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " +"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to " +"perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations " +"and turn them into sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 +msgid "Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a " +"mobile app that lets every business organize key sales activities from " +"leads to quotes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help " +"you getting started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 +msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "" +"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " +"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " +"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "**Sales cycle** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 +msgid "**Pipeline :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to " +"the final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify " +"and close leads through your sales cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 +msgid "**Sales stage** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle " +"and its probability to close a sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 +msgid "**Lead :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " +"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +msgid "**Opportunity :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 +msgid "" +"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " +"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " +"representative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 +msgid "**Customer :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, " +"whether it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 +msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company " +"is achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate " +"their success at reaching targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 +msgid "**Lead scoring** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " +"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine " +"whether they are \"ready for sales\" or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 +msgid "**Kanban view :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between" +" a `list view " +"`__ and a non-editable `form view " +"`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be " +"grouped in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation " +"(e.g. tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to " +"visualize records)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 +msgid "**List view :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " +"listed in a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 +msgid "**Lead generation:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential " +"customers in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down" +" the sales cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 +msgid "**Campaign:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience" +" and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to" +" the campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 +msgid "What is lead generation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " +"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " +"relationship and to turn them into customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know " +"more about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. " +"Typically, a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is " +"used to centralize, track and manage leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 +msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " +"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed " +"lead generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to " +"deliver great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, " +"sales bring revenue and more work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 +msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " +"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " +"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " +"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM " +"will release you of these worries and will help you to better automate " +"your lead generation process, share information with your teams and " +"analyze your sales processes easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 +msgid "" +"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses " +"can automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " +"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " +"lead and enter all the needed information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or " +"an opportunity in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a " +"cold emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you" +" handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel " +"from lead to customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " +"`__, select the CRM icon as first app to " +"install, fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will " +"automatically be directed to the module when the database is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " +"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " +"feature of the app is running smoothly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " +"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " +"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first " +"time you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are " +"strictly personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your " +"work. As it does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any" +" detail whenever you feel it is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " +"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your " +"screen. It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Set up your first sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Create a new team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can " +"either use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " +":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 +msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your " +"salespeople to their team so they will be able to work on the " +"opportunities they are supposed to receive. For example, if within your " +"company Tim is selling products and John is selling maintenance " +"contracts, they will be assigned to different teams and will only receive" +" opportunities that make sense to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly " +"to a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of " +"your selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the " +"**Assignation** section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to " +"the team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you " +"can assign someone on your team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just " +"need to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to " +"the team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the " +"system yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the " +"sales team. Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on " +"Create (see below) to create a new user into the system and directly " +"assign it to your team. The new user will receive an invite email to set " +"his password and log into the system. Refer to " +":doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for more information " +"about that process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Set up your pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to " +"it, you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which " +"your team will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your " +"sales cycle. Refer to the document " +":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to define the stages of " +"your pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 +msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to" +" create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the " +"personal email address of your Direct team is " +"`direct@mycompany.example.com `__\\," +" every email sent will automatically create a new opportunity into the " +"sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 +msgid "Automate lead assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " +"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your" +" opportunities automatically to the right department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize " +"reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " +"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " +"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " +"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " +"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends" +" and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and " +"their expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length " +"of sales cycle for a given product or service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " +"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " +"sales funnel success." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 +msgid "Review pipelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " +"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " +"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " +"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " +":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for " +"the current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " +"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. " +"Simply by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of " +"your actual sales performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " +"**measures** icon, such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 +msgid "Expected revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 +msgid "overpassed deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " +"assignment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 +msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 +msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** " +"team, I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on " +"**Sales Team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your" +" reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your" +" report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " +"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " +"highlighted on the screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " +"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. " +"To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side" +" of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of " +"the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only " +"selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in " +"order to display some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by**" +" option improves the readability of your reports according to your needs." +" Note that you can filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, " +"making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites**" +" from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. " +"The saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor" +" your sales' performances :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 +msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 +msgid "" +"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " +"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then," +" use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to " +"your vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on " +"the **graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your " +"salespeople by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview " +"the sales activities of your salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 +msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " +"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics :" +" the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 +msgid "" +"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " +"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " +"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**." +" Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select " +"**Expected closing.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 +msgid "" +"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " +"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected " +"revenue for each one of their opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 +msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and " +"follow up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important" +" metrics in order to know how they are performing and better organize " +"their daily work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a " +"personalized and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next " +"actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their" +" monthly targets and last month activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 +msgid "Install the CRM application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you " +"need to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 +msgid "Create opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the " +"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate" +" your dashboard (read the related documentation " +":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you " +"will log into the CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 +msgid "" +"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of " +"your activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export" +" to excel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 +msgid "Daily tasks to process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " +"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " +"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 +msgid "Meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for " +"today and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click " +"on the **meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my " +"upcoming appointments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 +msgid "Next actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me." +" If I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to " +"the contact form of the corresponding opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a " +"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can " +"click on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity " +"from my next actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " +"your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 +msgid "Performances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " +"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets " +"(which have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the " +"last month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 +msgid "Activities done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been " +"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " +"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting" +" regarding the activities that I have completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 +msgid "Won in opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " +"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 +msgid "Quantity invoiced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For " +"more information about the invoicing process, refer to the related " +"documentation: " +":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`analysis`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Sales Team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 +msgid "Create a new user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> " +"Users` and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new " +"salesperson and his professional email address - the one he will use to " +"log in to his Odoo instance - and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " +"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the" +" app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 +msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " +"salesman in the sales module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as " +"well as the statistics reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he " +"will be able to log into his personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 +msgid "Register your user into his sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. " +"You can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales " +"module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the " +"desired sales team, then on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " +":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of " +"your salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to" +" your sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " +"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click" +" on \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email " +"address. After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing " +"a link to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses " +"rights under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and " +"rewards is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your " +"salespeople productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you " +"simple and creative ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with " +"real-time recognition and badges inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. " +"You can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some " +"useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage " +"of the **CRM/Sale** modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to " +"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In " +"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " +"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " +"mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " +"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time." +" Configure your challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 +msgid "Assign a responsible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 +msgid "Select your goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the " +"end of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), " +"at the end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the " +"challenge is manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with " +"a **Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the " +"total amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end " +"of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +" **Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here " +"above) and compare members of a team with each others and through time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on" +" **Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as " +"a goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 +msgid "number of new leads," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 +msgid "time to qualify a lead or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 +msgid "" +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data" +" and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From " +"a simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy " +"way to exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " +"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new channel?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the " +"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a " +"sales channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start " +"using that default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section " +"*Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`)" +" or create a new one from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Channels` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 +msgid "Fill in the fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 +msgid "Enter the name of your channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 +msgid "Select your channel leader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 +msgid "Select your team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " +"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now" +" access your new channel from your Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " +"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of " +"your sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, " +"opportunities and customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from" +" the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which " +"you generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo " +"CRM, leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the " +"Kanban view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically " +"the sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in " +"the sales funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a " +"sales funnel will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, " +"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " +"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 +msgid "Create and organize your stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 +msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE**" +" button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, " +"you need to create one first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " +"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then " +"automatically propose you to add another column in order to complete your" +" process. If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can " +"easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the " +"desired location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " +"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before " +"to convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button " +"as shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** " +"that gives you access to a listview of all your leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 +msgid "Set up stage probabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 +msgid "What is a stage probability?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " +"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for" +" each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of " +"closing the deal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " +"expected revenues of your sales cycle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 +msgid "" +"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, " +"Qualified, Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* " +"then your workflow could look like this :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or " +"created from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 +msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains " +"are identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 +msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 +msgid "**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 +msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 +msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 +msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 +msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 +msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales " +"order. He is now a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 +msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 +msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 +msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with" +" a corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the" +" next stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically " +"adapt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " +"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 +msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the " +"desired stage then on EDIT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt " +"the probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the " +"stage. For example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), " +"Odoo will assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked " +"as Lost or Won." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " +"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over " +"the name of a stage." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82d94d1cf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,525 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free" +" customers of our Online platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Access the `database management page " +"`__ (you will have to sign in). Next, " +"make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want" +" to duplicate. After that, click on the **Manage Your Databases** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " +"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will " +"have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36 +msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample " +"customers/products (with a `disposable e-mail " +"`__ address, for example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. " +"Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 +msgid "On-premise Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code " +"in the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces " +"before or after your subscription code. If the registration is " +"successful, it will turn green and will provide you with the Expiration " +"Date of your freshly-registered database. You can check this Epiration " +"Date in the About menu (Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter " +"this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your " +"`Odoo Account `__ or with your " +"Account Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct " +"database as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same " +"UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve" +" this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this " +"section `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your " +"Odoo Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the" +" upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 +msgid "or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " +"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration " +"message will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next " +"verification occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to " +"see the countdown, so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification " +"` to make the message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts" +" 30 days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the" +" database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - " +"note that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively " +"be renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. " +"Credit card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 +msgid "Force an Update Notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-" +"to-date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your " +"subscription (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local" +" database will only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this " +"can cause discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some " +"notifications in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your " +"subscription, you can force an Update using the following procedure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 +msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-" +"right menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the " +"developer mode**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " +"\"Scheduled Actions\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click " +"on the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " +"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " +"documentation ` to know how to change the UUID. After " +"the change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your " +"production database will then be correctly identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your" +" server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can " +"easily duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change" +" the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since " +"this uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having" +" two databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " +"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " +"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen``" +" to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other " +"record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage." +" This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users " +"currently in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.)" +" but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when " +"adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this " +"may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a " +"free account to a paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** " +"advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if " +"something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for " +":ref:`online ` and :ref:`on premise " +"` installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter " +"an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through " +"our `support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " +"rights.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users " +"(different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this " +"filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal " +"ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon " +"as you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status " +"**Active** (top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the " +"status will change to **Inactive** immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes " +"(*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be " +"able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse " +"Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on " +"the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of " +"what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, " +"then click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click " +"**Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can" +" know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if " +"relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken" +" because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate " +"these kinds of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes " +"feature to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free " +"trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, " +"etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9683d0ca --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,573 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "When is it needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in " +"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " +"solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own " +"email servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 +msgid "How to set it up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` " +"and check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows " +"up after Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts " +"like Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, " +"AOL, etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information " +"has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 +msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " +"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information " +"has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change " +"this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 +msgid "Set the domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in " +"General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "Create a catchall address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address" +" is a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion " +"thread in Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all " +"its followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to" +" use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you " +"want to use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 +msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall " +"alias in *mail.catchall.alias*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution " +"with *@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default" +" setup as it is really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to " +"manage your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The " +"configuration for both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here " +"above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to " +"exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching " +"incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive " +"emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** " +"(your server -> Odoo server). To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +msgid "Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to" +" Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 +msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks " +"that incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that " +"domain's administrator. Such a security system is used in most email " +"servers. If you don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be " +"likely flagged as spam." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your" +" domain name settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119 +msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " +"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail" +" delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one " +"SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to " +"business documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured " +"email solution (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take " +"the most out of both systems without mingling them: What is related to " +"Odoo business objects or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be " +"managed into your external email box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads" +" or opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias " +"already used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land " +"into both systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the" +" Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved " +"periodically from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo " +"asks for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this " +"app, go to http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\"" +" in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. " +"Following the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and " +"click on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save " +"the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-" +"name**. Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of " +"the item (if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The" +" item containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. " +"Mentioning a user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You " +"cannot mention a user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. " +"Typing **#channel-name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in " +"either a chatter or another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing " +"one from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo " +"using the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other " +"users is displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates " +"that a user is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey" +" dot** that they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview" +" of the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking" +" on the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you" +" follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it" +" from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference " +"or action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can " +"star any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific " +"chatters throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all " +"your organization's communication into one place and seamlessly " +"integrates with the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive " +"messages from wherever you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages " +"and notifications easily from within the app. Discuss allows you to " +"create **channels** for team chats, conversations about projects, meeting" +" coordination, and more in one simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual " +"teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can " +"see, it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest " +"developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, " +"a **private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access " +"information (such as interdepartmental communication or company " +"announcements), whereas a private channel should be used whenever " +"information should be limited to specific users/employees (such as " +"department specific or sensitive information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic" +" subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> " +"Settings`. Changing channel access rights allows you to control which " +"groups can view each channel. You can make a channel visible by all " +"users, invited users, or users within a selected user group. Note that " +"allowing \"Everyone\" to follow a private channel will let other users " +"view and join it as they would a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would " +"like to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will " +"appear next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel " +"will send messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of" +" **public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new " +"channel by clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all " +"public channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** " +"public channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search " +"function present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter " +"criteria** and **save filters** for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to " +"represent a **single character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an " +"opportunity, a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in " +"the **Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a " +"channel as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the " +"channel with a link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. " +"In some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower " +"of any new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new " +"task created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales " +"channel in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want" +" to hear about." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14068a80d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -0,0 +1,1360 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, " +"make them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open " +"the Shop page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start " +"customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter " +"by enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product " +"description and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in " +"*Customize* menu: Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to " +"display product description better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can " +"turn the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit " +"*Create* in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure" +" your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and " +"select an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery" +" delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your" +" customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a " +"T-shirt and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the " +"customer chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi " +"band from the available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants " +"(Example: size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons," +" drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as " +"there are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You " +"need to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant" +" Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants" +" list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch" +" screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by " +"default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the " +"customer reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in " +"case several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of " +"several products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop " +"the list of suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. " +"for computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the " +"main product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show" +" up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main " +"item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet" +" logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose" +" their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the " +"website drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your " +"marketing campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing " +"based on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and " +"create a new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then " +"enter a code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option " +"in *Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking " +"*Apply* prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the " +"trust of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 " +"clicks, allow your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to " +"do so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in" +" the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product " +"detail form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the " +"*Published* button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the " +"*Published* smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative " +"products is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer " +"will spend more time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product " +"detail form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise " +"your customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product " +"web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no" +" time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with" +" Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"`__" +" only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"`__ " +"that you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by " +"clicking 'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net" +" as both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own " +"merchant, press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID " +"and Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " +"`__. Such videos give meaningful " +"insights about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your" +" needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on " +"your merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the" +" production mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in " +"Odoo as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided" +" in the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own via their bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and " +"inefficient process-wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless " +"and track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more " +"platforms over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface " +"and activate the **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and " +"reuse a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved" +" in Odoo. This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to" +" bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can" +" have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is " +"issued from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the " +"transaction status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment" +" acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like " +"installment plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us. `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized " +"by a payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based " +"on ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you " +"need to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In " +"Odoo, the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can " +"capture the amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use " +"Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs " +"to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment " +"acquirer form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment " +"status, when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit " +"such messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't " +"you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank)." +" That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of " +"your books until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to " +"register credit card payments " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. " +"Once the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This " +"mode is only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also " +"the only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any" +" starter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 +msgid "Set up your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Create a `Paypal Business Account `__ or upgrade " +"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal `__ and open the settings of " +"your **Profile**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 +msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 +msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " +"/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " +"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " +"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " +"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 +msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: /payment/paypal/ipn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by " +"Odoo to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click " +"**PayPal button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " +"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting " +"--> Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and " +"your **Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " +"business info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do " +"so, open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> " +"System Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 +msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees " +"Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an " +"extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 +msgid "Test the payment flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 +msgid "You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox `__ with the " +"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set " +"on *Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " +"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " +"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " +"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They " +"are suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is " +"placed, and not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going " +"through a signup process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize " +"the order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My " +"Account* in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be" +" modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, " +"they will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire " +"Transfer* or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a97decad9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../expense.rst:5 ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types " +"(managed as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the " +"*Configuration* menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed " +"price, set a cost on the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and " +"employees will report the real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don’t forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account " +"if you use Odoo Accounting). It’s usually a good practice to use a tax " +"that is configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the " +"expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid " +"(with Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. " +"number of hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or " +"if the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a " +"photo/scan of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the " +"manager and the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses*" +" @mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee" +" emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the" +" product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the " +"end of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu " +":menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses " +"from the list view and click on :menuselection:`Action > Submit to " +"Manager`. Save the newly created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), " +"and wait for your manager to approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* " +"button on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate " +"from the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to " +"Approve`. Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for " +"*Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes" +" to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` " +"to check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal " +"Entries* to post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the " +"user must have following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you " +"get a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee" +" in the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this " +"person is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to reinvoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to " +"your customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Install *Sales* app if not yet done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"install Analytic Accounting* (in Recommended Features)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products` and set the invoicing" +" method on all your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:178 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price defined in the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:186 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services " +"delivered to your customer. Don’t put any expense in the order. They will" +" be added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Link this order to an analytic account dedicated to the customer project." +" You can create it on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "" +"If you track *Timesheets* on customer projects, Odoo can create an " +"analytic account automatically once the order confirmed. It's useful if " +"your employees must record timesheets on customer-specific projects. To " +"do so, open your order product (service item) and make sure *Track " +"Service* is set on *Timesheets on project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:205 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line" +" on approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. " +"Employees are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order.It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales to Invoice`. The expenses have been added " +"automatically in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to " +"invoice)." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ed51d414 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../expenses.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f92a64d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,833 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../general.rst:5 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Google account and go to " +"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +msgid "" +"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " +"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and " +"then save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0" +" Client ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now " +"configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy " +"paste the following link in the box: " +"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Then click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client " +"Secret). You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +msgid "Data Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data " +"to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google " +"Drive, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see " +"why here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically" +" if its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it" +" work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without " +"creating duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is" +" linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import " +"those relations you need to import the records of the related object " +"first from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The " +"ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \"" +" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: " +"Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +msgid "How to import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel " +"(.xlsx) or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, " +"journal entries and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your " +"own data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping " +"is already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically" +" if its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new" +" columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work " +"straight on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should" +" use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to " +"the **ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record " +"that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the " +"original unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name " +"but you will be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to" +" re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of " +"the files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For " +"example if you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields " +"that are of type *Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. " +"While this behavior might be good and easy for most cases, it is also " +"possible that it goes wrong or that you want to map your column to a " +"field that is not proposed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most used date format. While this " +"process can work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format" +" will not be recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion " +"(day and month inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly" +" which part is the day and which one is the month in a date like " +"'01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the" +" **Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the " +"file selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your " +"liking using the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells " +"to store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way" +" it is stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct " +"in Odoo whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign" +" as well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not" +" known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will" +" crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the " +"Browse CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options " +"in your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my " +"spreadsheet application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your " +"computer's regional settings will be applied for the separator and " +"delimiter. We suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will" +" allow you to modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' > Save)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving " +"(in 'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When " +"you want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between " +"the different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to" +" import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another " +"application (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files " +"that have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly" +" used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts " +"(you may have several records with the same name, but they always have a " +"unique Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a " +"third party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External " +"ID\" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, " +"you will be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example " +"for Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one " +"of the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this " +"field 'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has" +" multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example," +" if you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same " +"column of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each " +"order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first" +" order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative " +"to order. Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not " +"have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, " +"here is purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective" +" contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +msgid "" +"`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified" +" instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to " +"import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in " +"between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each " +"record depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a" +" batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the " +"default value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with " +"empty values in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the " +"field, instead of assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to " +"recreate relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. " +"if you import companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link " +"between each person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique " +"identifier of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" " +"must be unique accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good " +"practice to prefix this \"External ID\" with the name of the application " +"or table. (like 'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want " +"to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so " +"you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he " +"work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, " +"write the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the " +"Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. " +"The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID " +"of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the" +" table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 " +"and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4" +" contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the " +"first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> " +"Users` and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and " +"the professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo " +"instance - and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can " +"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the" +" app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must " +"click on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-" +"in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " +"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the " +"above screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to " +"add and click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite " +"containing a link to set his password. You will then be able to define " +"his accesses rights under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +msgid "" +"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, " +"and each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left" +" of the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`," +" select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the " +"option to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the " +"drop-down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose " +"**Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred" +" language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users" +" --> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and " +"you can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select" +" the user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences" +" you can change the Language to any previously installed language and " +"click **SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..552103377 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,695 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " +"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** " +"with our product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before " +"the kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and " +"don't have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the " +"basics.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +msgid "" +"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this" +" with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. " +"The more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later " +"during the implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive " +"instructions by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From " +"this email, you can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new " +"one from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " +"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online " +"support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " +"database ready to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few " +"minutes to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or " +"projects / tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the" +" user interface as shown in the picture below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "|left_pic|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 +msgid "|right_pic|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the " +"implementation planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or " +"from the top progress bar on the right hand side of the main " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 +msgid "These implementation planners will:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 +msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 +msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 +msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, " +"expectations and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you " +"during the implementation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you" +" through all the steps. But you can also:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Read the documentation on our website: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " +"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support " +"form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 +msgid "What do we expect from you?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +msgid "" +"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours " +"of services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the " +"market. Most projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +msgid "" +"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and " +"a slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our " +"customer is engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 +msgid "Your internal implementation manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +msgid "" +"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to" +" work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to " +"ensure efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. " +"Additionally, this person must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise " +"you risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the " +"fastest implementations having a full time project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually " +"transforms all departments within a company for the better. There can be " +"many small details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there " +"is too much back and forth between several internal decision makers " +"within your company it could potentially seriously slow everything down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with " +"full support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " +"management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 +#, python-format +msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 +msgid "" +"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " +"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an" +" extremist.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add " +"risks to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " +"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will " +"cost you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the " +"hidden costs of customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " +"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " +"system(s) works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " +"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " +"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts " +"using Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests " +"as they learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo " +"way. It is more important to have all your business processes working " +"than customizing a screen to add a few fields here and there or " +"automating a few e-mails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and" +" measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned " +"with them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " +"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " +"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " +"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 +msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you " +"are with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the " +"quicker and easier your training phases will be." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " +"resources:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 +msgid "Get things done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your " +"to-do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " +"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and" +" install the Notes application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 +msgid "This module allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 +msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 +msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " +"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +msgid "" +"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " +"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than " +"standard Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 +msgid "What should you expect from us?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 +msgid "Subscription Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +msgid "Cloud Hosting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three" +" different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate " +"your instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " +"`__\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at " +"no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are" +" in San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything " +"and everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and " +"where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +msgid "" +"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import " +"data or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated " +"project manager, as part of the Success Pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an " +"upgrade button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading " +"your database is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from " +"new features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +msgid "" +"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " +"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply " +"fill our `online support form `__ to make this" +" request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 +msgid "Success Pack Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by" +" a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted " +"hours you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee " +"completion of your project within the first pack. We always strive to " +"complete projects within the initial allotement however any number of " +"factors can contribute to us not being able to do so, for example a scope" +" expansion or \"Scope Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new " +"detail descoveries, or an increase in complexity that was not apparent " +"from the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +msgid "" +"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within " +"the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours " +"defined in your success pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 +msgid "His/her role includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272 +msgid "" +"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing" +" of the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the" +" Odoo features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 +msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 +msgid "" +"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via " +"screen sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions," +" you will be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations" +" for your consultant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 +msgid "" +"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in " +"Odoo and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " +"structures, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 +msgid "" +"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a " +"template prepared by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " +"services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " +"customize most screens in any way you see fit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " +"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access " +"to developers for advanced customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300 +msgid "" +"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no " +"extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize " +"the building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume " +"hours of your success pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305 +msgid "" +"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on " +"triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very " +"advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo " +"developers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 +msgid "" +"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " +"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and " +"upgraded at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314 +msgid "" +"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts " +"will be deducted from your Success Pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317 +msgid "" +"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would " +"require a developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please " +"speak to your Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any " +"work performed by a developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to " +"your subscription to cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost " +"will be based on hours spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour " +"of development will be added to the subscription fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325 +msgid "" +"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: " +"2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development " +"2 * $5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this " +"customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330 +msgid "Implementation Methodology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332 +msgid "" +"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put " +"customers in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335 +msgid "" +"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " +"progressively, by groups of apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to " +"an understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation " +"plan (phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that " +"you will fully use in production at the end of the phase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347 +msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349 +msgid "" +"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows" +" with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate" +" the business process and configure according to your specific needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are" +" responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's " +"project manager will import them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 +msgid "" +"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and " +"the system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be " +"some back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions " +"and process your feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363 +msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " +"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra " +"screens and reports**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our" +" project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have " +"new needs) and you will use the support service if you have further " +"questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376 +msgid "Managing your databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My " +"Databases** in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " +"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working " +"environment with test data!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388 +msgid "" +"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want " +"(available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your " +"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My " +"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399 +msgid "" +"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403 +msgid "Customer Success" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " +"have all the resources needed to complete their project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408 +msgid "" +"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " +"manager and eventually the support team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " +"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client" +" Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship " +"with our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, " +"improve the way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer " +"them a solution that grows with their needs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421 +msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8c02289e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-05-03 21:21+0200\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" +"Last-Translator: \n" +"Language-Team: \n" +"Language: it\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "Odoo documentazione utente" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84e3a648d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,7710 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times," +" or use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory" +" manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen " +"(and scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To" +" Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on " +"the top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the " +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan " +"the **Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality " +"control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer " +"area of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan" +" the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to " +"generate one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each " +"time you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only " +"one barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of " +"each product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either " +"work on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a " +"screen (and scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the " +"**To Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the" +" top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the " +"first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan " +"the **Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right" +" right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the " +"mouse and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good" +" user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will" +" help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, " +"**the bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the " +"way to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make " +"sure when you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard " +"layout or can be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and" +" is a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big " +"investment. An approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the " +"bluetooth scanner with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with " +"always the possibility to check your smartphone from time to time and use" +" the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. " +"It consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one" +" can turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make " +"sure that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models " +"using Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile " +"should do the job. However, due to the variety of models and " +"configurations on the market, it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most " +"scanners are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user " +"manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan" +" (it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress " +"this delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at" +" the end of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and " +"can be explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user " +"manual ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost" +" switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with" +" the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform " +"more actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make " +"sure that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If" +" this is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through " +"a handy interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. " +"Click Save, and go back into the previous screen to click Configure " +"Product Barcodes. This interface can also be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and" +" not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure " +"the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" +" Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** " +"menu that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There " +"are 4 barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on" +" sticker paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: " +"A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two" +" products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define" +" your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is " +"to keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities " +"in the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure " +"the product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we " +"have 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the " +"quantity of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able " +"to set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory " +"Control** menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your " +"product)\" has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as " +"stockable products). Once the required products in stock have been " +"defined, use an initial inventory operation to put the current quantities" +" into the system by location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control -->" +" Inventory Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock " +"location of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location " +"(such as Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also " +"select the sub (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or" +" only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than " +"the one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end " +"date, enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation " +"Period field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory " +"you have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add " +"products manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences " +"but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing " +"and delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the " +"minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your " +"products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a " +"product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a " +"procurement with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft " +"purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in " +"the drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum" +" stock values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "" +"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " +"orderpoint without removing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Product Unit of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Procurement Group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "" +"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement " +"group. If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be" +" grouped into one big picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Minimum Quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "" +"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this " +"field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to " +"the Max Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Maximum Quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "" +"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " +"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as" +" Max Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Quantity Multiple" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "" +"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is " +"0, the exact quantity will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst +msgid "" +"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products " +"or to order to the vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on " +"the **Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through" +" your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> " +"Products` (or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a " +"minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to " +"reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use " +"the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has" +" been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't " +"have any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales " +"Order**. Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to " +"the **Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click " +"on it to cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you " +"will receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to " +"apply this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've " +"entered your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will " +"propose you only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a " +"Sale Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery" +" system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put" +" in stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your " +"shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. " +"Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep " +"in stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items " +"that are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up " +"a lot of space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that " +"are in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of " +"the price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping " +"method won't be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, " +"then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping " +"companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable" +" amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to " +"handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your " +"customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock " +"and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on " +"`What is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Go to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and " +"tick the box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. " +"Then, click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific " +"routes on sales order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your " +"products that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, " +"you will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer " +"once it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the " +"partner to the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you " +"handle deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different " +"ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before " +"shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require " +"high stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping " +"is the simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration " +"and allows to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at " +"least two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be " +"determined by the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be " +"shipped to the customer. This method is also interesting if you hold " +"larger stocks and especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the " +"main one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred " +"to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, " +"and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your " +"delivery orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label " +"type to your delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on " +"**Delivery methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose " +"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on" +" the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module " +"and you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for " +"which you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your " +"history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is" +" set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship" +" Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products " +"to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in" +" the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the " +"**Delivery Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " +"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " +"**Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages " +"used on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 +msgid "*Sale process*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 +msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 +msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " +"redirected to the Delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 +msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put " +"the number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on " +"**Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the " +"weight has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually " +"if you want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 +msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 +msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing " +"order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed " +"are dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To" +" configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order" +" to select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery " +"lead time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled " +"delivery days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + " +"**Delivery Lead Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store" +" / warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " +"Simply select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your " +"**Customer lead time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead " +"Time** as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture" +" the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order " +"to cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The" +" idea is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date**" +" in case of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to " +"deliver your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for" +" delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " +"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the " +"numbers of security days from the calculation and thus to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to your client. In that " +"way you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General" +" settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the " +"number of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system " +"generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled " +"that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase " +"lead time can be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of " +"stocks can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the " +"**inventory** app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If " +"this date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will " +"automatically display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased " +"on order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days " +"(January 20). In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following" +" events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " +"days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier " +"delivery lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the " +"team need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is" +" set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. " +"However, that process may not reflect the reality and your company may " +"require more steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + " +"Pack + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, " +"which by default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your " +"warehouse's code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location " +"called ``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first " +"step. Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally " +"it will be delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is " +"the correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue " +"sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we " +"will link the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the " +"radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that" +" the option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the " +"warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a " +"dedicated location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick " +"+ Pack + Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order " +"in the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Packing Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has " +"been moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes" +" the product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the " +"**Pack** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has " +"been moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which " +"makes the product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has " +"been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is" +" set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods " +"are available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. " +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a " +"delivery order are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output" +" location** for **shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a " +"few necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional " +"location, which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output``. Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the " +"first step (picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to " +"``WH/Customers`` (in the case of sales orders) in the second step " +"(shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we" +" will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules**" +" is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed " +"to check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you " +"may need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it " +"wasn't activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output " +"location before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with" +" some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order " +"in the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the " +"picking process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the " +"shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and" +" click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now " +"show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product " +"has been moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes " +"the product **available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now " +"show **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product " +"has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of " +"your warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way " +"you handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different " +"ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. " +"In standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred " +"in your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the " +"received good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the " +"quality requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control " +"step in the goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality " +"area for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then " +"you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the " +"quantity and only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide" +" that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal " +"is to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements " +"agreed with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in " +"the goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. " +"By default, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, " +"then transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the " +"quality check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to " +"stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock " +"the quantity that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity " +"that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** " +"is checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse`" +" and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the" +" **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of " +"the page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been " +"moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control " +"zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one " +"transfer ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting " +"(the move to the stock after the control). Click on the link **# " +"TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to " +"**WH/Quality Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at " +"the top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt " +"is now ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now " +"ready. Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** " +"card to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has " +"been controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input " +"area then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the " +"goods are not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for " +"further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " +"ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock" +" (2 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on" +" the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment**" +" related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase " +"order form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate**" +" to complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. " +"The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** " +"location, which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now " +"ready. Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within " +"the **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and " +"store altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and " +"for which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any " +"other info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for " +"instance a production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of " +"clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-" +"sales service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic " +"devices. You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, " +"depending on the way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that " +"have a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on " +"bread, for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which " +"a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info." +" Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also " +"select **Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In " +"the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set" +" if you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number" +" and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill " +"in new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If " +"the product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-" +"filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You" +" can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have " +"to fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. " +"Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product " +"with serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to " +"another location, the system will automatically identify the current " +"location of the product based on last movement of the product. So you can" +" get the last location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you" +" have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial " +"numbers to products with tracking features enabled you will first need to" +" mark your transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to " +"display the Lot Split icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those " +"will appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that " +"you are moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You" +" can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one " +"from here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a" +" product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where " +"they were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they " +"were shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without" +" having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch " +"new products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they" +" are not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to " +"propose an item to check its market without having to pay for it in the " +"first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"and in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new " +"**Owner** line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the " +"stock or leave it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on" +" products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production," +" tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting " +"reservations and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the " +"past, or requests with a date earlier than the others will be started " +"first. In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the " +"requests, you can be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced " +"first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode**" +" to see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About`" +" and click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The " +"scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, " +"suppliers and the company to determine the priorities between the " +"different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode**" +" to see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` " +"and click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " +"--> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of " +"its basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that " +"are unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice " +"this during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap" +" product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of" +" the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap " +"area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create " +"a new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on" +" location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on " +"the scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on " +"the scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on " +"the scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average " +"vs. Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a " +"specific period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order" +" has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: " +"FORMULA (see here attached)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case" +" of huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its " +"operational complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily" +" keep this cost up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further " +"refined by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or " +"product's internal category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such " +"method, your inventory value is computed from the real cost of your " +"stored products (cfr. Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price" +" shown in the product form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is " +"reset to the cost of the last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to" +" value any product not received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory " +"adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change " +"it, check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. " +"current quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments" +" have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or " +"year, the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of " +"the physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. " +"Check following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the " +"accounting postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +msgid "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the" +" Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or " +"just relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory " +"and the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – " +"Closing inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing " +"shipments are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and " +"advanced users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some " +"extra configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice " +"line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically " +"to a specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" " +"account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or " +"specifically on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal " +"category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product " +"form as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 +msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and " +"te **Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can" +" be also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves " +"between locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between " +"locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a " +"specific location. They can be created manually or automatically " +"triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product " +"ordered by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations " +"should be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS " +"(Made To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on" +" the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can" +" be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type " +"is provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement " +"group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups " +"on reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store " +"products. It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a " +"store or a repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode " +"or serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a " +"set of 24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 " +"unique item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same " +"category (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a " +"fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the " +"inventory level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can " +"receive and deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you " +"always have enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their " +"serial number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered " +"by other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement " +"rules. You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are " +"triggered automatically, you should always pay attention for the " +"exceptions (e.g. a product should be purchased from a vendor, but no " +"supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, " +"warehouse,… To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules " +"belonging to routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific " +"location. They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether " +"a push rule can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is " +"MTO or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every" +" rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their" +" procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials" +" between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is " +"currently in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically" +" trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets " +"the minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading" +" materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and " +"loading these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail " +"cars, with no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly " +"from incoming to packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to" +" the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the " +"usual distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor " +"to the customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to " +"pick for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a" +" specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables" +" goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product " +"removes it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, " +"but with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We " +"will show you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the " +"receipt to the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request " +"for Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices " +"and quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to " +"see the list of your deliveries to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete " +"the transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the " +"whole order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of " +"your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add" +" some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see " +"the list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as " +"**Waiting** on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you " +"can activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do " +"**internal transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you " +"should follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to " +"the different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Set up your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Set up the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and " +"inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, " +"you should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top " +"of the inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to " +"configure and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. " +"This will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing " +"process. We are managing our products with docking area where product " +"directly place from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for " +"customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is " +"cross docking and is it for me? `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced" +" routing of products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`, then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and " +"click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 " +"steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a " +"route for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location " +"is created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes " +"created above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is " +"needed for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one" +" warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different " +"locations and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory " +"application click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by " +"clicking on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear " +"on your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart " +"to use an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical" +" inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if" +" not you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by" +" clicking on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** " +"and be sure to select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will" +" be able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate" +" the **Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical " +"quantity can not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from " +"purchase and sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state " +"of all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to " +"tranfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in " +"Brussels, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source " +"location zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination " +"location zone (in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the" +" products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a " +"backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not " +"create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill " +"customer's orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no " +"excess of inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory " +"levels and the cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major " +"disadvantage to the pull system is that it is highly possible to run into" +" ordering dilemmas, such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment " +"out on time. This leaves the company unable to fulfill the order and " +"contributes to customer dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The " +"goal is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough " +"inventory, not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system " +"eliminates waste by reducing the amount of storage space needed for " +"inventory and the costs of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products" +" using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory " +"application, go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action" +" possibles :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 +msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules " +"already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs" +" to meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers" +" will purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be " +"purchased. The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the " +"forecast demand and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. " +"Disadvantages of the push inventory control system are that forecasts are" +" often inaccurate as sales can be unpredictable and vary from one year to" +" the next. Another problem with push inventory control systems is that if" +" too much product is left in inventory. This increases the company's " +"costs for storing these goods. An advantage to the push system is that " +"the company is fairly assured it will have enough product on hand to " +"complete customer orders, preventing the inability to meet customer " +"demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As " +"soon as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a " +"chained move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on" +" the flow specification (destination location, delay, type of move, " +"journal). It can be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Advance routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a " +"good is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality " +"control. In the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods " +"that are in the quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 +msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on " +"your route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are" +" waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push " +"rule, it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be" +" moved to the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can " +"manage advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Advance routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. " +"You can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will" +" be applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse " +"that would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it " +"will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory " +"Tab, select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the " +"route(s) under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route " +"every time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes" +" on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines " +"(advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to " +"use. On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), " +"click on **Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next " +"to **Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to " +"use the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or " +"the Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " +"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We " +"have to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it " +"will impact on company profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 +msgid "Applications configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. " +"Check accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing " +"computation** & **Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on " +"**Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration -->" +" Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' " +"price costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 +msgid "Landed Cost Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " +"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " +"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is " +"configured on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 +msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Landed Costs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " +"attribute landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We " +"recommend you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it" +" will be easier to keep track of your postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " +"across the picking lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 +msgid "To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically " +"move to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the " +"most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important" +" to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the " +"product level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check" +" option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of " +"products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and " +"fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open " +"a form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory" +" Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available " +"products that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these " +"products depend on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the " +"**product category** or on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if " +"they are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with " +"relatively short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick " +"FIFO to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open " +"the stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last," +" moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have " +"a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open " +"the stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb``" +" on ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the " +"warehouse according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the" +" option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on " +"**Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO " +"removal strategym goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about " +"the goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots " +"with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration " +"dates may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent" +" when lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, " +"four new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product" +" form: **product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal " +"time**, and **product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one " +"of these fields, the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in " +"question will be set to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus " +"the number of days entered in the time increment field. If the time " +"increment field is set to zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial " +"must be defined manually after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in" +" ``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with " +"different expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based" +" on the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 +msgid "How to use packages?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 +msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " +"packages when doing your transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the " +"**Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets," +" boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 +msgid "Pack products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " +"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be" +" **Available**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 +msgid "Whole packages transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " +"transfer packages with its contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go" +" to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow " +"moving packs**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 +msgid "Transfer packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations," +" then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " +"Demand** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To " +"Move** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 +msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 +msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 +msgid "Packages traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Packages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 +msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`usage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is " +"necessary. For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric" +" system is of application and sell the in a country where the imperial " +"system is used, you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product " +"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and " +"click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you" +" purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only" +" condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the " +"quality check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the" +" sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed " +"from the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit" +" of measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a " +"product. Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in " +"your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the" +" same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with " +"the notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is" +" only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the " +"eggs individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. " +"The **unit of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is " +"the ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations," +" like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template " +"level (for all variations) and at the variant level (specific " +"attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C" +" T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 " +"colors). Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is " +"computed based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for " +"every variant (+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist " +"rules that apply on the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own" +" t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". " +"For information purpose, on the product template form, you get the " +"inventory that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is " +"computed by variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product " +"template. If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. " +"(example: Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, " +"he will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of " +"material for a product template and slight variations for some of the " +"variants. Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, " +"Red, S\", you create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some " +"lines that are specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to " +"the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price " +"of the product template and add the optional extra price on each " +"dimension of the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain" +" since you don't have to set the price for every variant. However, it's " +"possible to create pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You" +" should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the " +"complexity of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if " +"you use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must " +"import product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that" +" you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number " +"in purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently" +" has. To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on" +" **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can " +"create it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the " +"variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different " +"products (3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and " +"blue t-shirts, you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White " +"T-shirt. From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt" +" White, XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 " +"fields editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of " +"the variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items" +" are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is" +" not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can " +"configure as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet " +"(or anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out" +" of your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into" +" account products that are on their way to your warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives" +" you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to" +" manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & " +"Warehouse** section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"box, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select " +"the **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a " +"physical, partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-" +"locations as needed to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note" +" to describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system " +"to manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & " +"Warehouse** section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"box, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with" +" 3 fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your " +"warehouse. Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the" +" lists, so make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and " +"easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create " +"one on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same " +"as the one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field " +"empty and edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking" +" types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers." +" Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and " +"the destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still " +"cancel the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you " +"want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. " +"You will get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based " +"on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click " +"on **Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as" +" a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will" +" add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation " +"companies you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click" +" on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose " +"the packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click " +"on **General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company" +" data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the " +"price computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. " +"Open the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to" +" do the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add " +"the third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath" +" :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will " +"be one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package." +" But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It " +"is fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the " +"**Packages** section and tick **Record packages used on packing: pallets," +" boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking " +"number. The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. " +"Click on the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your " +"deliveries but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and" +" the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter" +" in order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have" +" to install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define " +"the price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, " +"tick the option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on" +" **add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either " +"the weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The " +"limit can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This " +"feature limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the " +"real price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. " +"See :doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you " +"want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click" +" on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK " +"and Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials " +"as given in the demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 +msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 +msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers." +" Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It " +"will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation " +"companies you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the " +"same provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for " +"**domestic** shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that" +" will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, " +"password,...). For more information, please refer to the provider " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits" +" the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to " +"the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the " +"products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to" +" make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale " +"order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the " +"delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read " +"the document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost " +"will be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier " +"Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the " +"**Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to " +"the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online." +" If you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer" +" Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the " +"their website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with " +"your online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, " +"and click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com " +"`__) using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to " +"United States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can" +" request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "" +"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " +"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a3265be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -0,0 +1,734 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or" +" answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches" +" its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order " +"with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of" +" the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check " +"the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be " +"generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory" +" module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum " +"stock values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and " +"\"quantity multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on " +"the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through" +" your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a " +"minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to " +"reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use " +"the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "Bill of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of " +"materials*. There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how " +"stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the " +"Inventory and Manufacturing apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of" +" the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a " +"manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a " +"quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one " +"line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, " +"the image at left shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer " +"Kit\", while the image at right shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " +"create each component product as you would any other product, then create" +" the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"route **Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit " +"products, the Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit" +" product cannot be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your" +" preference. The component products require no special configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " +"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with" +" their default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will " +"use a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When " +"using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be " +"created. The manufacturing order must be registered as completed before " +"the kit product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select" +" **Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a " +"sales order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** " +"to enable stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " +"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a " +"manufacturing order rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the" +" same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in " +"the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple " +"variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used" +" for all variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 +msgid "" +"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a" +" component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" +"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " +"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A " +"BoM that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a " +"top-level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " +"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing" +" order for each subassembly is created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM." +" Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for " +"each subassembly as you would for any product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " +"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " +"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " +"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " +"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " +"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " +"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a " +"BoM can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, " +"however, describe multiple variants of the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing" +" orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. " +"For more information about which method of management to use, review the " +"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " +"product and at least one component (components are considered products in" +" Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or " +"on the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory" +" chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " +"created a product and at least one component, select them from the " +"relevant dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill" +" of materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills " +"of Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " +"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " +"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version**" +" allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 +msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a " +"product and the work center at which each operation is performed. A " +"routing may be added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one " +"routing. For more information about configuring routings, review the " +"chapter on routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`," +" you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " +"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " +"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the " +"**Components** tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the " +"product will be produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field " +"**Produced at Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will" +" be consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " +"primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " +"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " +"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same " +"step of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 +msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 +msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " +"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing" +" order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more " +"precise control over the manufacturing process. In this way, " +"**Manufacturing orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by " +"**work orders**, performed in an order defined by **routings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the" +" work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, " +"in one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control " +"afforded by work orders and routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. " +"There are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 +msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "Record Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option " +"**Manage production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of " +"materials, and configure some additional related fields. You will also be" +" able to create **work centers**, the locations at which work orders are " +"performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " +"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " +"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " +"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the " +"component work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will " +"have the added step of scheduling work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 +msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +msgid "Work in progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the" +" quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a " +"product. Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished " +"product, a different name may be used to describe the same document. For " +"example, in the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "Cycle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire " +"manufacturing process can be fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "Downtime or Leave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a " +"machine, the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, " +"unavailable time is called a Leave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 +msgid "Finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They " +"are normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing " +"order of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 +msgid "Kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, " +"but which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, " +"it can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each " +"having its own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly" +" of intermediate products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level" +" document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 +msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " +"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product " +"while avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-" +"assembly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, " +"the components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if " +"they were direct components of the parent BOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim " +"of reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " +"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 +msgid "Raw Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to" +" produce semi-finished or finished goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. " +"It can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the " +"Work Centers at which they will be carried out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 +msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 +msgid "" +"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed" +" in another manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 +msgid "Work Order Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully " +"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time" +" to be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also" +" called work center)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 +msgid "Work Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89 +msgid "" +"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " +"execution on a given date and a given duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used" +" to represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The " +"capacity is a combination of resources and their availability time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " +"available in a work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 +msgid "Working Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be " +"set up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfcb7335b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,3003 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-09 09:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " +"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " +"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " +"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " +"percentage you want to set for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start " +"you barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our " +"example, the barcode will be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 +msgid "Scanning your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 +msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "You have to scan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 +msgid "the discount tag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 +msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 +msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for " +"customers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 +msgid "Create a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 +msgid "" +"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty " +"Programs` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " +"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " +"points** on a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 +msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 +msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 +msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 +msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 +msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " +"other rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product" +" ordered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 +msgid "" +"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " +"sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on " +"**Add an Item** under **Rewards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 +msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents" +" the value of 1 point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with" +" a price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 +msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 +msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 +msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 +msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 +msgid "Gathering and consuming points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 +msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 +msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 +msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to " +"get a reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be " +"given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 +msgid "The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly " +"set a discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the " +"whole cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 +msgid "Discount on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 +msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on" +" the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You " +"can directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the " +"keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " +"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 +msgid "Global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " +"discounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 +msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will " +"be added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do" +" not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation " +"wrong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 +msgid "Set a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, " +"a **Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " +"**discount**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can " +"now process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website " +"`__.) is required to accept credit card " +"payments in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only " +"operates with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable " +"for North American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card " +"reader is to work with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction " +"total from the Odoo POS screen into the card reader, and record the " +"transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 +msgid "Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 +msgid "Mercury Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Mercury Configurations` and then on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 +msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click " +"on **Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " +"configuration** to the **Payment method**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a" +" new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 +msgid "Save the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "Register a sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " +"Session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 +msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 +msgid "Payment with credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"credit card **Payment Method**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe" +" the card and validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are " +"four differents ways to manage several cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "Switch cashier without any security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " +"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users`" +" menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 +msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 +msgid "And switch to another cashier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 +msgid "The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you " +"can set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 +msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale**" +" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Change cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 +msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 +msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 +msgid "You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 +msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 +msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " +"clicking on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 +msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " +"Sale** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use" +" a barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go " +"to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " +"Nomenclatures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 +msgid "Change Cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " +"cashier has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 +msgid "Assign session to a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 +msgid "Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier " +"to the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 +msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 +msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 +msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the " +"**Point of Sale** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 +msgid "Register an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 +msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on" +" the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You " +"can directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 +msgid "Record a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 +msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 +msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 +msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 +msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " +"order, just tap on **Set Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 +msgid "The customer is now set on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "How to reprint receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " +"cashier to reprint receipts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want " +"to configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 +msgid "In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 +msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 +msgid "Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " +"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "Global statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 +msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 +msgid "Cashier statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. " +"Then click on **Print Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 +msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and " +"logs certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must " +"also be certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards " +"specified by them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified " +"application `_. More information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be " +"found on `the official website " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. " +"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. " +"Attempting to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will " +"not work. You can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the" +" POSBox by going to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the" +" **Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, " +"this installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure " +"that each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated " +"with it (:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale` and ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your " +"POSBox is set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to " +"do a transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received " +"with your VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also" +" support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main " +"restriction is that this requires an obfuscated version of the " +"``pos_blackbox_be`` module we will provide on request for Enterprise " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo" +" POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 +msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:206 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. " +"You will need :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 +msgid "The POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 +msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 +msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 +msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Connect peripheral devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"`_, but other " +"hardware might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with " +"an RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your " +"barcode scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be" +" configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet " +"cable. Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your" +" POS device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible" +" USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " +"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " +"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68 +msgid "Power the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should " +"light up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 +msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready," +" it should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status " +"LED, just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:293 +msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. " +"Scroll down to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the " +"options for the hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying " +"the IP of the POSBox is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that " +"gets printed after booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified " +"the Point of Sale will attempt to find it on the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " +"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:96 +msgid "" +"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " +"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101 +msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the " +"POS will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. " +"This is only done once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should" +" be ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 +msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " +"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters " +"are Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a " +"Ralink 5370 chipset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " +"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " +"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " +"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " +"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage " +"of the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi " +"configuration page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note" +" that we only support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a " +"WPA-secured network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt " +"to connect to the specified network and will print a new POSBox status " +"receipt after it has connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use " +"the \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when " +"connecting to a network. This will make the network choice persist across" +" reboots. This means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" " +"network it will always attempt to connect to the specified network after " +"it boots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to " +"starting it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a " +"Wi-Fi network after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-" +"establish connection automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox" +" per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the " +"IP address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure " +"your network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please " +"refer to your router documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:155 +msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux " +"distribution, you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software " +"locally. However the installation process is not foolproof. You'll need " +"at least to know how to install and run Odoo. You may also run into " +"issues specific to your distribution or to your particular setup and " +"hardware configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " +"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of " +"Sale communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is " +"very different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle " +"*any* business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway " +"between the Point of Sale and the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that " +"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 +msgid "Image building process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " +"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " +"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " +"`_." +" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " +"`nightly.odoo.com `_ for users to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " +"stuck or want more detail about something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 +msgid "Summary of the image creation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " +"`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian" +" image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian" +" image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update" +" Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. " +"In order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " +"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We" +" then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were " +"used to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra " +"configuration files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208 +msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209 +msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " +"Odoo's built-in driver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:217 +msgid "Extra dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you" +" need to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:222 +msgid "``# pip --version``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:224 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:230 +msgid "If it returns something like::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 +msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 +msgid "You can use pip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:236 +msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 +msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 +msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 +msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:245 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " +"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to " +"create a group that has access to USB devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 +msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:253 +msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 +msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members " +"of ``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " +"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " +"following content::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265 +msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:268 +msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:270 +msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 +msgid "" +"``$ ./odoo.py " +"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Test the instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " +"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times " +"and see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source" +" of errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths " +"expected by the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to " +"the devices, the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:285 +msgid "Automatically start Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started " +"after boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on " +"your particular setup. Using the init system provided by your " +"distribution is probably the easiest way to accomplish this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either " +"``127.0.0.1`` or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server " +"on the machine that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also " +"leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301 +msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304 +msgid "Technical Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:307 +msgid "The POSBox Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " +"`_, a " +"popular single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A " +"micro-usb power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode" +" scanners. The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card." +" All this hardware is easily available worldwide from independent " +"vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:318 +msgid "Compatible Peripherals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:320 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 +msgid "The POSBox Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " +"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of" +" Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers " +"are implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with " +"``hw_*`` and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. " +"Odoo is only used for the framework it provides. No business data is " +"processed or stored on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git " +"clone of the ``8.0`` branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335 +msgid "" +"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " +"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures " +"that the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the " +"POSBox. Linux applications expect to be able to write to certain " +"directories though. So we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian " +"automatically provides one for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by " +"``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run before all other init scripts by " +"running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The ramdisks are named /etc_ram and " +"/var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc and /var is copied to these " +"tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of the ramdisks, we do not " +"copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related data). We then bind " +"mount them over the original directories. So when an application writes " +"to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to /etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind " +"mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able to get to the real /etc and " +"/var during development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:351 +msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:353 +msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " +"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " +"``posbox_*``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Accessing the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:363 +msgid "Local Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:365 +msgid "" +"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and" +" if you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you " +"can use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various " +"administration tasks, like viewing some logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370 +msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:373 +msgid "Remote Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " +"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:380 +msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " +"implemented features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version " +"of the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described " +"in detail in `this tutorial `_," +" just replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found " +"at `the official POSBox image page " +"`_. This method of upgrading will" +" ensure that you're running the latest version of the POSBox software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface " +"that can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about " +"upgrading like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This " +"upgrade method is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. " +"update installed configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can" +" only upgrade:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401 +msgid "The internal Odoo application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Scripts in the folder " +"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404 +msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:410 +msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:412 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it " +"on with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any " +"error if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no" +" receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red " +"status LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device." +" Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of " +"connected devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:424 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in " +"the range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your " +"LAN that way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 +msgid "" +"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " +"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:432 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the " +"POSBox's IP address in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:439 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter " +"after each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode " +"readers. Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443 +msgid "" +"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If" +" you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use " +"has enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will " +"work unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you " +"can plug the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode" +" scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by " +"the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:463 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the " +"POS and the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:469 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its" +" lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please" +" contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:485 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated" +" in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " +"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " +"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 +msgid "" +"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo " +"campaign and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the " +"partners who backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498 +msgid "Camptocamp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 +msgid "BHC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500 +msgid "openBig" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501 +msgid "Eeezee-IT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502 +msgid "Solarsis LDA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 +msgid "ACSONE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 +msgid "Vauxoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 +msgid "Ekomurz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 +msgid "Datalp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 +msgid "Dao Systems" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 +msgid "Eggs Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 +msgid "OpusVL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 +msgid "" +"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding " +"POSBox Bundle:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 +msgid "Willow IT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515 +msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 +msgid "Multibase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517 +msgid "Mindesa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518 +msgid "bpso.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 +msgid "Shine IT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " +"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online " +"or offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the" +" **Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale " +"will automatically be registered in your inventory management and " +"accounting and, even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified " +"from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across " +"all your shops without the hassle of integrating several external " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not" +" done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on " +"**Browse available countries**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 +msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 +msgid "Adding Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " +"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you " +"can set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted " +"or not and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "How to easily manage categories?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " +"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " +"products by **Point of Sale Category**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 +msgid "Configuring a payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Payment methods` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 +msgid "" +"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the" +" point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated" +" for the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 +msgid "Configuring your points of sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " +"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom " +"payment method into the available payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " +"location,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Point of Sale Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Sales Channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Restaurant Floors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Orderline Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Display Category Pictures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Initial Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no " +"category is specified, all available products will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Large Scrollbars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if" +" left empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Scan via Proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Electronic Scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Print via Proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Customer Facing Display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to " +"products, customers and cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that " +"imply specific tax rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Available Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also " +"apply a pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales" +" tab). To be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available " +"pricelist. Otherwise the default pricelist will apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Default Pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no " +"Sale Pricelist configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product " +"prices on orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Prefill Cash Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will " +"be prefilled with the exact due amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Order IDs Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to " +"customize the reference numbers of your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Receipt Header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Receipt Footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Skip Preview Screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Bill Splitting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Tip Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Invoice Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "Group Journal Items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst +msgid "" +"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while " +"closing a Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 +msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 +msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 +msgid "" +"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " +"session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the " +"top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " +"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 " +"€`` and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 +msgid "Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 +msgid "Closing a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** " +"button on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of " +"sale. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears" +" containing all the transactions performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 +msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 +msgid "Register simultaneous orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to " +"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the " +"payment is done or the order is cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 +msgid "Switch from one order to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 +msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 +msgid "Cancel an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the " +"**-** button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 +msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 +msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of " +"product you want to print on this printer. The category of product is " +"useful to print the order for the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 +msgid "Several printers can be added this way" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on" +" the correct printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 +msgid "Print a bill before the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 +msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 +msgid "Finally click on **Print**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 +msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 +msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 +msgid "" +"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 +msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories " +"set on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use " +"in restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to " +"insert a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your " +"point of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a " +"session, you will arrive on an empty map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`table`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle split bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 +msgid "Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 +msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 +msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 +msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to " +"achieve this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 +msgid "based on the total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 +msgid "based on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 +msgid "Splitting based on the total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by " +"each customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount." +" Repeat it for each customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 +msgid "" +"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on" +" the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 +msgid "Split the bill based on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 +msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on " +"**Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 +msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 +msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 +msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure your table map?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 +msgid "Make your table map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click " +"on **New Session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to " +"add a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you" +" can edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 +msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 +msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 +msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 +msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 +msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 +msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 +msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The " +"plan is automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 +msgid "Register your orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a " +"table to start registering an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 +msgid "You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 +msgid "Edit a table map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 +msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle tips?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 +msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 +msgid "Add a product for the tip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to " +"remove all the taxes in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 +msgid "Adding a tip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 +msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 +msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 +msgid "The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table " +"``T9``. Click on **Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 +msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 +msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up cash control?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the " +"opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 +msgid "Configuring cash control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 +msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 +msgid "Starting a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 +msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control " +"view. Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the " +"cashbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present" +" in the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have " +"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on " +"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you " +"``10.84€`` and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 +msgid "" +"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the " +"top right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale " +"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At " +"this moment you can take the money out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 +msgid "For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and" +" it only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 +msgid "You can now validate the closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " +"session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 +msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on" +" the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can " +"directly set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the " +"keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 +msgid "Add a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 +msgid "By selecting in the customer list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 +msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by " +"clicking on the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the " +"document :doc:`../advanced/register`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "By using a barcode for customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 +msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 +msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is " +"assigned to the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' " +"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode " +"nomenclature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Barcode Nomenclatures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 +msgid "Payment and invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 " +"€`` and pays with by a ``VISA``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in " +"order to create an invoice from this order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 +msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 +msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, " +"click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 +msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to return and refund products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative" +" values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` " +"and you have to pay back one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 +msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 +msgid "Sales application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Creating a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under" +" the configuration menu on the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain" +" several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done " +"on all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst +msgid "If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst +msgid "Selectable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst +msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we " +"want to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " +"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the " +"pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 +msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 +msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 +msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited " +"discount(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have " +"automatically been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 +msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..525daf028 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../practical.rst:3 +msgid "Practical Information" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24e4978bf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,1715 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 +msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems " +"occurring during the implementation of the project. These issues have to " +"be solved and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the " +"deliverability of the project and a positive customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your " +"software, you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing " +"technical problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated " +"support projects which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an " +"customer support email. This way, the issue can then be assigned directly" +" to an employee and can be closed more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " +"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and " +"the **Issue Tracking** modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 +msgid "Create a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to " +"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating " +"a **support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on " +"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and " +"rename the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs**" +" or **Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to " +"set the Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore " +"your client will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to" +" handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 +msgid "Invite followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be " +"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two " +"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). " +"Click on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second " +"to add others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 +msgid "Set up your workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want " +"to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging " +"and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can" +" also edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** " +"icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 +msgid "Generate issues from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it " +"appearing in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project " +"is automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " +"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where " +"you will now see the email address under the name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a" +" new issue will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the" +" performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from " +"your customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. " +"He just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, " +"Neutral or Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's" +" necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to " +"the apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing " +"projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be " +"used. You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to " +"assess your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more " +"information. It will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of" +" the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** " +"application. To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the " +"website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating " +"Project Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking" +" on the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the" +" front end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate " +"tasks from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be " +"accomplished within a defined period of time. For a company selling " +"services, the task typically represents the service that has been sold to" +" the customer and that needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to" +" be able to generate a task from a sale order in order to streamline the " +"process between the Sales and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to " +"keep track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale " +"order, the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the " +"consultant will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client " +"according to the overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to" +" install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go " +"into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " +"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** " +"module. Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to" +" generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, " +"use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product" +" with the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may " +"be sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio " +"button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on " +"ordered quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the " +"amount of hours that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the" +" product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if " +"the product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it " +"blank, odoo will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order " +"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed" +" into a sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to " +"invoice your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any " +"time spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look " +"at the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's " +"smooth. It works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my " +"Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can" +" go further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of " +"timesheets per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can " +"change this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it" +" from the suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. " +"In order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower " +"means that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen " +"in the task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. " +"This can be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other " +"departments. You could also invite customers to take part in the task. " +"They'll be notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will" +" be able to take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers" +" can see the whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified" +" of any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the " +"information in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager " +"who wants to see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes " +"in that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in " +"the Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or " +"ready to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for " +"billing or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific " +"project or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account " +"is automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the" +" Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task " +"for it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your " +"other timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click " +"on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent" +" on it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures" +" of the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a " +"thousand words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the " +"Attachment tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You " +"can log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone " +"sends an email with an attachment, the document will be automatically " +"saved in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can" +" set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with " +"your colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can " +"collaborate with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same " +"time, with task delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email " +"is sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first " +"step of the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows " +"the history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the" +" history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. " +"All interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task " +"leader to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your " +"colleagues) or external (the client for example) by logging a note or " +"important information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the " +"followers of that specific task, you can choose to add a message to " +"notify all of them. For both of these options, the date and time is saved" +" on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole" +" creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> " +"Pads`, tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on " +"the icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen " +"view. Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task " +"description: useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this" +" person as a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when " +"you are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It " +"is a visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly " +"from the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the " +"stage, then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better " +"find them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight " +"the tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific" +" color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on" +" the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole " +"team, and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to " +"perform as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to" +" several employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on" +" **Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this " +"window, you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of" +" the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave " +"the **Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first " +"stage of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in " +"your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage," +" that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task" +" requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs " +"by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can " +"add stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange " +"the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or" +" unfold your stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, " +"for simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate " +"the invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** " +"section of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, " +"then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets " +"for, and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill " +"as part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle" +" due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already " +"complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be " +"a real burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and " +"organize the different tasks you have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the " +"module application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 +msgid "Creating Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " +"open the project and click on create a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will " +"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a " +"deadline if there is one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up " +"thanks to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and " +"which one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you " +"are on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the " +"kanban view logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 +msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the" +" top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom" +" left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are " +"not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their " +"deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the " +"list view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar " +"view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline " +"in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee " +"assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by " +"ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and" +" dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple " +"stakeholders. To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great " +"help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute " +"the launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project " +"by creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status" +" of any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any " +"other project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I " +"identify one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our " +"project management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this " +"stage. Odoo projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its " +"status. That will help the project manager to review the task before " +"changing the stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working " +"time progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can" +" edit the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for" +" any project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time " +"spent for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales " +"team training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log " +"4 hours in the timesheet. The working time progress updates " +"automatically. Thanks to this timesheet integration, the project manager " +"has a thorough follow-up on the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, " +"the time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, " +"I have to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time" +" until the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource " +"allocation for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. " +"This will prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or " +"adapt the deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and " +"executive planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports." +" For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison" +" with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, " +"any task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours " +"assigned to each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This" +" is a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with " +"multiple stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task" +" is very helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat " +"feature that is always one-click away. I can also start a new " +"conversation with anyone in my team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo" +" projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With " +"it, I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support " +"project. The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on " +"tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get " +"this app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy " +"challenge especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo " +"Project, you can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management**" +" module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets" +" on tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the " +"bar will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple " +"views available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and " +"follow up on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using" +" timesheets) and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want " +"to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging " +"and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can" +" also fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your " +"desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the" +" top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom" +" left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are " +"not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their " +"deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the " +"list view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees " +"will be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** " +"sub-menu along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar " +"will be updated each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar " +"view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines" +" in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In " +"Odoo, the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it " +"helps team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is " +"perfect when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. " +"Therefore, each task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) " +"in which your employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the" +" Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart " +"for all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there " +"are task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create " +"the forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top " +"left corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an " +"empty space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task " +"should take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** " +"app installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress" +" of a task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 " +"hours in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users " +"or by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's " +"Gantt chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the" +" project. It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. " +"Then, on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On" +" the third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects" +" the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled" +" from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time " +"allocated to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that " +"this user is assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of " +"his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should " +"spend on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during" +" those days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from" +" 1 to 100% how your users should organize their time between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. " +"For example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects" +" (\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user " +"is assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is " +"too much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the " +"task. Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to " +"make sure that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. " +"You avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the " +"users. The Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the " +"different elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be " +"done next. This method helps you to better understand the relations " +"between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks " +"in the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the" +" interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or " +"starting one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is" +" clear and helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first" +" level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the " +"second level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see " +"which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5a0d3323 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,2945 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-09 09:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " +"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In " +"Odoo, the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired " +"products to your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, " +"you can choose to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down " +"the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive" +" competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for" +" a list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent " +"to multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and " +"that the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads " +"to better offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " +"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or " +"simply when you already know which supplier to order from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 +msgid "When to use?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " +"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also " +"useful if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-" +"established relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the " +"cost of a project and see if it makes it feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " +"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make " +"a one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, " +"no matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not" +" been up to your standards and you would like to either push them to " +"deliver a better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 +msgid "When not to use?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " +"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery " +"of your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting " +"straight from a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take" +" more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery," +" this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established " +"relationship with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with" +" them as it might tear the relationship and finally lead to less " +"interesting deals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 +msgid "" +"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " +"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 +msgid "" +"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " +"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I" +" am not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a " +"better one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that " +"Odoo will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I " +"receive, one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 +msgid "" +"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the" +" PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " +":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where " +"to purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order " +"(PO) will allow you to handle the whole process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the " +"result of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, " +"every purchase made in Odoo has a PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " +"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " +"Management** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 +msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " +"**Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 +msgid "From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 +msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 +msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** " +"and on **Confirm Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " +"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " +":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 +msgid "As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 +msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay" +" for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " +"after payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 +msgid "Payment upon or after reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 +msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds " +"to the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and " +"click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button " +"have appeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice" +" is now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert " +"the detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " +"marked as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 +msgid "Upfront payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click " +"on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in" +" the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the " +"payment, and click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab " +"have appeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 +msgid "" +"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " +"Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, " +"prices are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal " +"with a high number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " +"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 +msgid "Required configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 +msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 +msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 +msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 +msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 +msgid "Import vendor pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 +msgid "" +"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or" +" update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " +"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " +"list of vendors for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to " +"get an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 +msgid "Import the list for the first time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 +msgid "Prepare the document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export" +" a template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right" +" format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " +"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 +msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "name_id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "product_code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "569874" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "currency_id.id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "date_end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "End date of the price validity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "2015-10-22" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "min_qty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "product_id.id" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "date_start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "Start date of price validity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "2015-12-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 +msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " +"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " +"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 +msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " +"existing prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing " +"data from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. " +"Select everything, and export from the **Action** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then " +"reimport in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the " +"id is recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo " +"and it will create a new pricelist line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business" +" life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one " +"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with" +" the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first " +"time you purchase them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We " +"found a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request" +" for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 +msgid "Install the purchase module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " +"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase**" +" module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module " +"will be installed as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 +msgid "Create a Vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the " +"vendor ``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendors` and create a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " +"information such as address, phone, email,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need " +"to go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the " +"contact is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created " +"from the purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of" +" the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " +"Quotation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a product enter your purchase module select " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " +"sold and purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 +msgid "Add Vendors to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to " +"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " +"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also " +"add vendors manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 +msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will " +"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say" +" that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 " +"t-shirts`` at ``12.35 euros / piece``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier " +"(see picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for " +"more information)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will " +"automatically be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter" +" the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and " +"select our T-shirt product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice " +"that our vendor and its price has automatically been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, " +"Odoo will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 +msgid "By adding manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On " +"the same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the " +"**Add an item** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information " +"such as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and " +"the eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added " +"and modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between " +"sales and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time " +"converting measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of " +"measures between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his " +"water in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus" +" like to see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the " +"sold quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in " +"the unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** " +"are correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different" +" unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first " +"example. Please remember that differents units of measures between sales " +"and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories " +"include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is " +"not standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our" +" customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products " +"general information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of " +"measure** (will be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit " +"of Measure** (for purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** " +"for **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you " +"cannot relate an existing measure from one category with an existing " +"measure of another category. We thus first have to create a shared " +"**Measure Category** where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure " +"Category** by selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit" +" (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> " +"Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category " +"and is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference " +"Unit type is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning " +"that other measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 " +"roll = 10 square meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square " +"meters`` of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, " +"the square meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** " +"is ``10`` as ``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would " +"be useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons " +"to track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase " +"orders to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each " +"product the total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The " +"insights gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast" +" and plan their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to " +"issue some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase " +"Orders**. If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please " +"read the documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the " +"**each month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic " +"report, you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can " +"add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** " +"icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, " +"I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your" +" reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a " +"click in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line " +"Chart**: These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the " +"screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one" +" dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. " +"To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side" +" of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of " +"the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only " +"selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in " +"order to display some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option " +"improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and " +"group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and " +"powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites**" +" from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. " +"The saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 +msgid "Two level approval setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased " +"amount exceeds a certain limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General " +"Settings** to configure the company data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from " +"manager side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the " +"amount set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state " +"**To Approve**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 +msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "How to control supplier bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been " +"purchased and received is the first step towards understanding your " +"purchase management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any" +" stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with" +" products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or" +" only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing" +" within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under " +"**Purchase**, and click **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"as it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you " +"to keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock " +"management and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product**" +" will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no" +" inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under " +"either of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation " +"or management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as " +"many products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or " +"quotation for an order, you may record the order reference number in the " +"**Vendor Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO " +"with the the vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include " +"the Vendor Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the " +"**Inventory** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of," +" you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application" +" after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, " +"you should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products." +" This button is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to " +"be received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar" +" in the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " +"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also " +"known as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the " +"capability to group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. " +"Selecting an item from this list will open the following screen where you" +" then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " +"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. " +"You need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to" +" select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any " +"associated accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can " +"choose to specify any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the " +"vendor bill with. When you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo " +"will pull any uninvoiced products associated to that purchase order and " +"automatically populate that information below. If you are having a hard " +"time finding the appropriate vendor bill, you may search through the list" +" by inputting the vendor reference number or your internal purchase order" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate" +" the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. " +"If this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet " +"received this product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is" +" not in hand and you may need to inquire further into this. At any point " +"in time, before you validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than " +"what Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to " +"several reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that " +"you have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received " +"yet, as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 +msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and " +"any associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this" +" could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it" +" is not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 +msgid "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 +msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About " +"Odoo** information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) " +"you wish to modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled " +"**Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected " +"product to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 +msgid "Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order," +" you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add " +"the additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order the bill " +"will be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is " +"sometimes necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo " +"allows you to do it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods " +"already arrived in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** " +"that haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the " +"inventory application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it " +"is also interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you" +" want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request " +"for Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Purchase --> Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a " +"confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation " +"page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet," +" you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this " +"PO and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to " +"**Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to " +"cancel the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to " +"be shipped. From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad" +" Mini order line**, manually change the received quantities under the " +"Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed" +" less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and " +"will ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. " +"You will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly" +" and, therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your " +"vendor location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same " +"document. A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to " +"return and the corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will" +" be automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In " +"Odoo, the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired " +"products to your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, " +"you can choose to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down " +"the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " +":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Shipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do " +"the matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually " +"written on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted " +"into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request " +"(e.g. a sales order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial " +"terms used in international transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 +msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to " +"order in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the " +"number and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, " +"specify the price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the " +"field blank if you don't know what the price should be) , and add the " +"expected delivery date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, " +"then **Print Rfq** or **Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address " +"is specified for this supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status " +"will switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking " +"on **Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead " +"time, payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase " +"Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order " +"to the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper " +"right corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to " +"control products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the " +"first thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what " +"have been purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling " +"receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. " +"This will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app" +" (among others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click " +"on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the " +"products you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the " +"stocks or have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we" +" recommend to set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few " +"products. If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its " +"reference in the **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to " +"easily do the matching with the delivery order later on (as the delivery " +"order will probably include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "" +"See the documentation page " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` for a full overview of " +"the purchase process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you " +"can receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the" +" receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for " +"this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to " +"search on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product " +"or the source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. " +"You can open the document that matches with the received delivery order " +"and process all the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the " +"**Validate** button or you can control all products, one by one, by " +"manually change the **Done** quantity (what has actually been received). " +"When a line is green, it means the quantity received matches to what have" +" been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to " +"record the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than " +"the initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select " +"**Create Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting " +"products. If you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as " +"fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for " +"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 +msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, " +"you must first activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on " +"Settings. In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders**" +" and tick the box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 +msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Purchase Agreements (PA)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " +"Agreement window opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 +msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 +msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in" +" the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products" +" as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 +msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the " +"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " +"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 +msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " +"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order**" +" on the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 +msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"View `Purchase Tenders " +"`__" +" in our Online Demonstration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " +"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is " +"made possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the" +" advanced mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** " +"menu and click on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call " +"for tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the " +"**Advanced Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call " +"for tender (...)** then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 +msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " +"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the" +" way to the **Bid Selection** status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the" +" list of products and the bids received for all of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the" +" *v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed " +"with. The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When " +"you're finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for " +"each product and supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status " +"has switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** " +"now have a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From there, follow the documentation " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " +"delivery and invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing " +"order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed " +"are dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " +"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 +msgid "On a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 +msgid "Supplier lead time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver " +"your purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a " +"product (from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Product`), and go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a " +"**Vendor** to your product in order to select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different" +" delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " +"delivery lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days" +" will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 +msgid "Customer lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " +"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " +"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " +"indicate your customer lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 +msgid "On the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order " +"to cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The" +" idea is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in " +"case of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 +msgid "Sales Safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to " +"deliver your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for " +"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " +"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the " +"numbers of security days from the calculation and thus to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to your client. That way" +" you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead" +" time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 +msgid "Purchase days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 +msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system " +"generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled " +"in order to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be" +" found in the same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 +msgid "On route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence " +"the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the " +"**Inventory** module when creating a new push rule for a new route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Read the documentation " +":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 +msgid "On document level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 +msgid "Requested date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " +"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " +"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " +"automatically display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased " +"on order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days " +"(January 20). In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following" +" events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " +"days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier " +"delivery lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the " +"team needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to " +"the customer. It means that the products does not transit through your " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check " +"**Advanced routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section " +"and **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the " +"**Drop Shipping** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your " +"stock. The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice " +"policy of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly " +"order the product you need from your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 +msgid "The usual flow is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 +msgid "Create a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15 +msgid "Purchase the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 +msgid "Receive and pay the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 +msgid "Deliver your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " +"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases " +"based on sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement " +"method. When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically " +"reorder the same quantity through procurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 +msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " +":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this " +"sale order on the **button** on the top of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of" +" the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done" +" until the purchase order is confirmed and received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 +msgid "Purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " +"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The " +"source document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor," +" it will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is " +"confirmed, the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 +msgid "Receipt and delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " +"**Receipts** tile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 +msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on " +"**# To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " +"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making" +" sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high " +"demand, or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're " +"harder to stock)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for " +"those items is made, based on minimum stocks available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 +msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high " +"flow. It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your" +" activities knowing that stocks will always be right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 +msgid "" +"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to " +"keep large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item" +" in stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as" +" the item in stock is sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 +msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go," +" you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only" +" a few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " +"technology items, or products working together with a system that is " +"meant to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop " +"automated replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at" +" a price that will not allow you to break even." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that" +" are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell " +"them all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can " +"always deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering " +"Rule for the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in " +"stock, but no more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at" +" once while keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in " +"my stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " +"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 +msgid "Set up your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. " +"Open the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or " +"create a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 +msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the " +"product stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule " +"will appear)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick" +" the Make To Order box)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 +msgid "Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 +msgid "Create a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 +msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you " +"are free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 +msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " +"**Warehouse** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " +"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the " +"system will trigger a new order for replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has " +"to be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " +"reorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be " +"ordered at once. For instance, some items may be only available for " +"purchase in a set of 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or " +"deactivate the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 +msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 +msgid "" +"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for " +"the supplier to receive the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 +msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum " +"Stock Rules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 +msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the " +"minimum stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier " +"based on your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the " +"document on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 +msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts " +"on the customers and vendors or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can select the following types of warnings and create different " +"warnings for purchases and sales:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but" +" allows the user to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " +"cannot continue the process further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 +msgid "Module Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go" +" to **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** " +"filter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 +msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 +msgid "The available warnings are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 +msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 +msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 +msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 +msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 +msgid "Product Warnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales" +" --> Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 +msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 +msgid "Warning when selling this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66 +msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write " +"your warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on " +"which a warning was set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 +msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " +"able to choose the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products" +" and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your" +" group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is" +" automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that" +" everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the " +"validation on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage " +"multiple companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get " +"extra options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps" +" for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 +msgid "Trouble-Shooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 +msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " +"still control the vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " +"Bills`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 +msgid "Incoming Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " +"still control the incoming products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming" +" Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 +msgid "Procurements exceptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 +msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> " +"Procurement Exceptions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " +"check the message in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there " +"are no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94c79df76 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19ba6cfe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,1888 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-09 09:44+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access " +"to Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to " +"edit any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add " +"the content to be included in the email in the text field box below. " +"Click on **Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the" +" contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a" +" product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on " +"eBay will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your " +"listings. The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of" +" the product. You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in" +" the **eBay Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** " +"on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different." +" In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on " +"eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute " +"with one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most " +"of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with" +" the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field " +"is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as " +"'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are " +"working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on" +" the product form. If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be" +" used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on" +" the `developer portal `_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, " +"click on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go " +"through the form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys " +"and token needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert" +" Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay." +" Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and" +" the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " +"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing" +" consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, " +"with each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will " +"incrementally build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a " +"marketing agency hired for a new product launch could break down a " +"project into the following milestones, each of them considered as one " +"service with a fixed price on the sale order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 +msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 +msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 +msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a " +"milestone will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash " +"flow throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor " +"the project's progress and pay in several times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project." +" For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a " +"15% upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " +"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one " +"milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42 +msgid "Install the Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " +"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From " +"the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`, create a new product with the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 +msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " +"milestone after it has been delivered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each" +" milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the " +"**Delivered** tab on your sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 +msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75 +msgid "Managing your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78 +msgid "Quotations and sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a " +"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. " +"For each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is" +" completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " +"corresponding milestone has been achieved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been " +"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On " +"the sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of " +"the related product to ``1``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that " +"the color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can " +"now be invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has " +"changed from **Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " +"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in " +"draft status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the " +"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " +"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " +"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice " +"Status** is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 +msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 +msgid ":doc:`support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a " +"company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your " +"client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, " +"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do " +"for a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing " +"expenses entered in your expense system by your employees directly to " +"your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 +msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign" +" for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " +"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like " +"to invoice them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 +msgid "Create product to be expensed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 +msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 +msgid "" +"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and" +" create a product as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 +msgid "**Product type**: consumable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " +"quantities to invoice on the sale order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 +msgid "Create a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order " +"for that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) " +"with the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to " +"create the sale order. You will be able then to manually change the " +"delivered quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 +msgid "Invoice expense to your client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of " +"your client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order," +" click on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of " +"copies and click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning " +"that it is ready to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the" +" ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct " +"amount due by your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the " +"quantities and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the " +"amount to be invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 +msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 +msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " +"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed" +" that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 +msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 +msgid "Expense Tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from " +"the settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108 +msgid "Create a product to be expensed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 +msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 +msgid "Product can be expensed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 +msgid "Product type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 +msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 +msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 +msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 +msgid "Create a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales " +"Orders` and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from " +"the SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create" +" and edit** to configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have" +" been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order" +" to link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the " +"sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Refer to the documentation " +":doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` to learn more about that" +" concept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 +msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part " +"of his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it " +"to the related sales order thanks to the analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your " +"expense as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 +msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 +msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 +msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 +msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated" +" and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the " +"expense will automatically be generated on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 +msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`milestones`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " +"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing" +" consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a " +"pre-paid support contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to " +"keep track of the support service you did for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 +msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application," +" from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if " +"you want to track support services you worked on every contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 +msgid "Create Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35 +msgid "" +"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell " +"services ``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. " +"From the **Sales** application, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. From this screen, activate " +"the multiple **Unit of Measures** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every " +"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the " +"following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 +msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, " +"we will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " +"delivered quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " +"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that " +"you can track hours in the related account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 +msgid "" +"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or" +" product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one " +"support contract per order. If your customer orders several service " +"contracts on timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: " +"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in " +"the **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " +"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 +msgid "Managing support contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81 +msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order " +"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed" +" into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related " +"to this support contract using the timesheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the " +"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " +"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " +"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 +msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 +msgid "" +"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Sales Orders` to control the progress of every order. On the sales order" +" line related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered " +"Quantities** that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours" +" in the timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 +msgid "Upselling and renewal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or" +" equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested " +"to sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota" +" of service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should " +"check the sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for " +"every sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track " +"your upselling effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on " +"the existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same " +"order) or create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on " +"the new contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can " +"set the sales order as done and it will disappear from your upselling " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138 +msgid "Special Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140 +msgid "" +"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track" +" the service:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143 +msgid "" +"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for " +"every sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record " +"hours on a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that " +"represents the contract). The advantage of this solution is that it " +"allows to sell several service contracts within the same sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150 +msgid "" +"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in " +"Odoo. The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be " +"recorded manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered " +"quantity field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really " +"simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "" +"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " +"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I " +"can adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases" +" such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote " +"within 15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me" +" close my opportunities more easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The " +"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can " +"communicate easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt " +"the offer by adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer " +"just needs to sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is " +"integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The " +"signed offer creates a delivery order automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my " +"fingertips. It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past " +"interaction. And any information related to the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " +"something like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 +msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 +msgid "Click on customer statement letter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by " +"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " +"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add " +"it to my dashboard in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales" +" planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " +"increase your success rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are " +"different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. " +"Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information " +"coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant" +" just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by " +"regular mail or email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the " +"sales order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the" +" delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when" +" the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows" +" the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice " +"ready to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed " +"advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , " +"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where " +"the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods" +" (invoice based on actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 +msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. " +"The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are " +"defined on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it " +"is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo" +" only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment" +" is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a " +"sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the" +" sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to " +"create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 +msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 +msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting " +"--> Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate*" +" in the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down " +"lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. " +"See :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with " +"currency rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy " +"tailored to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules" +" that Odoo searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several" +" critarias to use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a " +"minimum order quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only " +"suggest prices, they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. " +"Choose your pricing strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per " +"customer segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the " +"*Sales* tab in the product detail form. You can settle following " +"strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. " +"To segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the " +"*Sale Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the " +"deals period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be " +"relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to" +" another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges " +"and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings " +"(maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or " +"multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Pricelists` (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +" if you use e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a " +"product internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. " +"Like in second option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item " +"and another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#, python-format +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in " +"Odoo gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching " +"the country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the " +"first pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed " +"discount % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do " +"so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data " +"to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google " +"Drive, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see " +"why here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " +"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to " +"exist in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, " +"you can make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the " +"one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without " +"creating duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is" +" linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import " +"those relations you need to import the records of the related object " +"first from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The " +"ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \"" +" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: " +"Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 +msgid "Online Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Online Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the" +" Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so " +"will prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after " +"enabling this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 +msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in " +"the Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`." +" From within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken" +" to the corresponding page of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page " +"by dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu." +" A table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content" +" you add." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on " +"the online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the " +"product page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the " +"page through the inline text editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates " +"the quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any " +"web page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will " +"only affect the individual quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 +msgid "Using Online Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the " +"online quotation, then share it with customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by " +"logging into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can " +"accept or reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the " +"chat box. You will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo" +" whenever the customer views the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients" +" have multiple locations and that the invoice address differs from the " +"delivery location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option " +"**Enable the multiple address configuration from menu**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 +msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on " +"the contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the " +"customer and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " +"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 +msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address " +"and a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will " +"automatically be filled in when selecting the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly " +"by selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 +msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 +msgid "How to create my first quotation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for" +" a particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the " +"quotation, in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or " +"refuse it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait " +"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " +"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of" +" ``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 +msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Sales Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install" +" the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 +msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve " +"the chances to convert the prospect into a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on" +" the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** " +"application, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, " +"under **Quotations and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order " +"line** (see picture below) and apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 +msgid "Create your quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 +msgid "Customer and Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person " +"you will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From " +"the quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down " +"list and under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your " +"product. Do not forget to manually add the number of items under " +"**Ordered Quantity** and the discount if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo " +"environment yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your " +"quotations :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click" +" on **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record " +"all the customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and " +"person of contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on " +"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record " +"your product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing " +"policy, etc.) along with a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line " +"and click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you" +" are subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right " +"amount in percentage) and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your " +"company's terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 +msgid "Preview and send quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, " +"click on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a " +"printable PDF version with all your quotation details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on " +"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on" +" click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " +"Configure company data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your " +"customer with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email " +"body before sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to " +"reuse it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`optional`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 +msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to " +"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process." +" For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown " +"accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo," +" a customer can be presented with additional products that are relevant " +"to their chosen purchase in one of several locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the " +"ecommerce platform via each product form. In order to use suggested " +"products, you will need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online " +"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " +"haven't already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual " +"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab " +"of a quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 +msgid "Website Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under " +"the Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will " +"appear on the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on " +"the *cart* page prior to checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good " +"relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare " +"all the formal information which include products and company policy so " +"customer can read all those terms before committing to anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions " +"on every quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " +"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " +"conditions on all your quotations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to " +"ensure their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of " +"unsafe storage of the products.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 +msgid "General terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They" +" will then automatically appear on every sales document from the " +"quotation to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new " +"quotations, sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your " +"printed documents)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e69695f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,1410 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2018. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.5.3\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account `__" +" if you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the " +"tracking ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the " +"settings, turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save " +"the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " +"Documentation. " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering " +"the tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to" +" generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is " +"needed to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as " +"kind of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The " +"*Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. " +"Google Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options " +"but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you " +"enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to " +"past your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 +msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize " +"your website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like " +"Google. In short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We" +" consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo " +"eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical " +"complexities of SEO and handles everything for you, in the best possible " +"way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 +msgid "Page speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " +"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you" +" a better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. " +"Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages " +"by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment " +"rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a " +"page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 +msgid "Static resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the " +"visitor clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a " +"single CSS resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. " +"Although a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"`__ extend and customize bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules," +" instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a " +"smaller file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "**Both files in the **" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its " +"own set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel" +" resulting in lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time " +"to transfer a file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer " +"time, for small files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS " +"resources depends more on the number of requests to be done than the " +"actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into " +"a single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one " +".CSS file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS" +" is shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, " +"the browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / " +"modules. By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will " +"not have to load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge " +"CSS/Javascript resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first " +"page because they are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource " +"into a second bundle that is loaded only when the page using it is " +"requested. An example of this is the backend that is only loaded when the" +" visitor logs in and accesses the backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to" +" avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But " +"most themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting " +"CSS is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to" +" pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side " +"(so the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will " +"visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " +"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 +msgid "Static resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, " +"minified, compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, " +"form validation, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend " +"(bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for " +"your employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one " +"page. As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the " +"same visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither " +"concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are" +" not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " +"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and" +" .GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than" +" performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-" +"party theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. " +"But all images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes " +"of the ```` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"`__ in most Odoo " +"themes). Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, " +"they will not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, " +"CSS, images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content " +"Delivery Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main " +"countries around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is " +"by domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using " +"the Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using " +"the :menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove " +"extra space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 +msgid "" +"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " +"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML " +"code, usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252 +msgid "``

My Text

``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257 +msgid "``

My Text

``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262 +msgid "" +"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted" +" in Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " +"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in " +"your website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which " +"have mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not " +"designed to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277 +msgid "Browser caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically" +" when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded " +"through this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"`__." +" The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS " +"of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources:" +" XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional " +"CMS' and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The " +"following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and " +"eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301 +msgid "" +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and " +"Odoo CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 +msgid "URLs handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed " +"if the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by " +"default, but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the " +"English version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" +"great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for " +"the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product " +"page). This name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different " +"URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A" +" product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". " +"Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, " +"page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an" +" example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product" +" name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 +msgid "" +"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " +"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and " +"a post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368 +msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL" +" (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. " +"Although most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it " +"has not always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, " +"and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The " +"old link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408 +msgid "" +"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure " +"HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully " +"based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS " +"url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how" +" your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " +"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 +msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is " +"\"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice" +" for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427 +msgid "" +"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website " +"is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting " +"links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad " +"reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can " +"be trusted. In such case, their links will not have a " +"``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "Multi-language support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 +msgid "Multi-language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " +"default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil)" +" , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 +msgid "Language annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first" +" URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML " +" section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link " +"element pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464 +msgid "" +"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469 +msgid "" +"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will " +"propose the right one according to the language of the visitor searching " +"on Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, " +"since it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same" +" content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 +msgid "Language detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a " +"translated version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " +"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the " +"current language to avoid any redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code" +" of the default language in your link, example: " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the " +"English version of the page, without using the browser language " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499 +msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ````, ``<description>`` and " +"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " +"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific " +"search query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line " +"with what people search in Google." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " +"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " +"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your" +" keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool " +"for every language of a single page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519 +msgid "" +"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in " +"your content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, " +"Odoo provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all" +" your blog posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 +msgid "" +"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not " +"logged in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and " +"keyword information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " +"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if " +"you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index " +"file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in " +"45000 chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, " +"this could be the last modification date of the product or the page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based" +" on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the " +"number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is " +"defined by it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine" +" results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to " +"search engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create " +"well-presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, " +"forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be " +"displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of " +"a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " +"content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 +msgid "User-agent: \\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587 +msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590 +msgid "Content is king" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several " +"modules to help you build your contents on your website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599 +#, python-format +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30%" +" of Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per " +"month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616 +msgid "Social Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619 +msgid "Twitter Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All" +" you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of" +" the **Website Admin** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo " +"using WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* " +"domain name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a " +"custom one (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your" +" business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a " +"proper domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-" +"namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your " +"domain name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your " +"website. This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to " +"redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 +msgid "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to " +"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. " +"yourdomain.com), you need to redirect *yourdomain.com* to " +"*www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10" +"/how-can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " +"CloudFlare.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in" +" as many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go " +"to the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo " +"Api** and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, " +"don't install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that" +" some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next" +" to the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " +"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need " +"to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been " +"translated automatically." +msgstr "" +